1 /*
2  * CDDL HEADER START
3  *
4  * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
5  * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
6  * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
7  *
8  * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
9  * or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
10  * See the License for the specific language governing permissions
11  * and limitations under the License.
12  *
13  * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
14  * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
15  * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
16  * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
17  * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
18  *
19  * CDDL HEADER END
20  */
21 
22 /*
23  * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
24  * Copyright (c) 2011, 2018 by Delphix. All rights reserved.
25  * Copyright (c) 2015, Nexenta Systems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
26  * Copyright (c) 2013 Martin Matuska <mm@FreeBSD.org>. All rights reserved.
27  * Copyright (c) 2014 Spectra Logic Corporation, All rights reserved.
28  * Copyright 2013 Saso Kiselkov. All rights reserved.
29  * Copyright (c) 2014 Integros [integros.com]
30  * Copyright 2016 Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com>
31  * Copyright 2018 Joyent, Inc.
32  * Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation.
33  * Copyright (c) 2017 Datto Inc.
34  * Copyright 2018 OmniOS Community Edition (OmniOSce) Association.
35  * Copyright (c) 2016 Actifio, Inc. All rights reserved.
36  */
37 
38 /*
39  * SPA: Storage Pool Allocator
40  *
41  * This file contains all the routines used when modifying on-disk SPA state.
42  * This includes opening, importing, destroying, exporting a pool, and syncing a
43  * pool.
44  */
45 
46 #include <sys/zfs_context.h>
47 #include <sys/fm/fs/zfs.h>
48 #include <sys/spa_impl.h>
49 #include <sys/zio.h>
50 #include <sys/zio_checksum.h>
51 #include <sys/dmu.h>
52 #include <sys/dmu_tx.h>
53 #include <sys/zap.h>
54 #include <sys/zil.h>
55 #include <sys/ddt.h>
56 #include <sys/vdev_impl.h>
57 #include <sys/vdev_removal.h>
58 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_mapping.h>
59 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_births.h>
60 #include <sys/vdev_initialize.h>
61 #include <sys/metaslab.h>
62 #include <sys/metaslab_impl.h>
63 #include <sys/mmp.h>
64 #include <sys/uberblock_impl.h>
65 #include <sys/txg.h>
66 #include <sys/avl.h>
67 #include <sys/bpobj.h>
68 #include <sys/dmu_traverse.h>
69 #include <sys/dmu_objset.h>
70 #include <sys/unique.h>
71 #include <sys/dsl_pool.h>
72 #include <sys/dsl_dataset.h>
73 #include <sys/dsl_dir.h>
74 #include <sys/dsl_prop.h>
75 #include <sys/dsl_synctask.h>
76 #include <sys/fs/zfs.h>
77 #include <sys/arc.h>
78 #include <sys/callb.h>
79 #include <sys/spa_boot.h>
80 #include <sys/zfs_ioctl.h>
81 #include <sys/dsl_scan.h>
82 #include <sys/dmu_send.h>
83 #include <sys/dsl_destroy.h>
84 #include <sys/dsl_userhold.h>
85 #include <sys/zfeature.h>
86 #include <sys/zvol.h>
87 #include <sys/trim_map.h>
88 #include <sys/abd.h>
89 
90 #ifdef	_KERNEL
91 #include <sys/callb.h>
92 #include <sys/cpupart.h>
93 #include <sys/zone.h>
94 #endif	/* _KERNEL */
95 
96 #include "zfs_prop.h"
97 #include "zfs_comutil.h"
98 
99 /* Check hostid on import? */
100 static int check_hostid = 1;
101 
102 /*
103  * The interval, in seconds, at which failed configuration cache file writes
104  * should be retried.
105  */
106 int zfs_ccw_retry_interval = 300;
107 
108 SYSCTL_DECL(_vfs_zfs);
109 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, check_hostid, CTLFLAG_RWTUN, &check_hostid, 0,
110     "Check hostid on import?");
111 TUNABLE_INT("vfs.zfs.ccw_retry_interval", &zfs_ccw_retry_interval);
112 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, ccw_retry_interval, CTLFLAG_RW,
113     &zfs_ccw_retry_interval, 0,
114     "Configuration cache file write, retry after failure, interval (seconds)");
115 
116 typedef enum zti_modes {
117 	ZTI_MODE_FIXED,			/* value is # of threads (min 1) */
118 	ZTI_MODE_BATCH,			/* cpu-intensive; value is ignored */
119 	ZTI_MODE_NULL,			/* don't create a taskq */
120 	ZTI_NMODES
121 } zti_modes_t;
122 
123 #define	ZTI_P(n, q)	{ ZTI_MODE_FIXED, (n), (q) }
124 #define	ZTI_BATCH	{ ZTI_MODE_BATCH, 0, 1 }
125 #define	ZTI_NULL	{ ZTI_MODE_NULL, 0, 0 }
126 
127 #define	ZTI_N(n)	ZTI_P(n, 1)
128 #define	ZTI_ONE		ZTI_N(1)
129 
130 typedef struct zio_taskq_info {
131 	zti_modes_t zti_mode;
132 	uint_t zti_value;
133 	uint_t zti_count;
134 } zio_taskq_info_t;
135 
136 static const char *const zio_taskq_types[ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = {
137 	"issue", "issue_high", "intr", "intr_high"
138 };
139 
140 /*
141  * This table defines the taskq settings for each ZFS I/O type. When
142  * initializing a pool, we use this table to create an appropriately sized
143  * taskq. Some operations are low volume and therefore have a small, static
144  * number of threads assigned to their taskqs using the ZTI_N(#) or ZTI_ONE
145  * macros. Other operations process a large amount of data; the ZTI_BATCH
146  * macro causes us to create a taskq oriented for throughput. Some operations
147  * are so high frequency and short-lived that the taskq itself can become a a
148  * point of lock contention. The ZTI_P(#, #) macro indicates that we need an
149  * additional degree of parallelism specified by the number of threads per-
150  * taskq and the number of taskqs; when dispatching an event in this case, the
151  * particular taskq is chosen at random.
152  *
153  * The different taskq priorities are to handle the different contexts (issue
154  * and interrupt) and then to reserve threads for ZIO_PRIORITY_NOW I/Os that
155  * need to be handled with minimum delay.
156  */
157 const zio_taskq_info_t zio_taskqs[ZIO_TYPES][ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = {
158 	/* ISSUE	ISSUE_HIGH	INTR		INTR_HIGH */
159 	{ ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* NULL */
160 	{ ZTI_N(8),	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_P(12, 8),	ZTI_NULL }, /* READ */
161 	{ ZTI_BATCH,	ZTI_N(5),	ZTI_P(12, 8),	ZTI_N(5) }, /* WRITE */
162 	{ ZTI_P(12, 8),	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* FREE */
163 	{ ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* CLAIM */
164 	{ ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* IOCTL */
165 };
166 
167 static void spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx);
168 static void spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx);
169 static boolean_t spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa);
170 static int spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, char **ereport);
171 static void spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa);
172 
173 uint_t		zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75;	/* 1 thread per cpu in pset */
174 #ifdef PSRSET_BIND
175 id_t		zio_taskq_psrset_bind = PS_NONE;
176 #endif
177 #ifdef SYSDC
178 boolean_t	zio_taskq_sysdc = B_TRUE;	/* use SDC scheduling class */
179 uint_t		zio_taskq_basedc = 80;		/* base duty cycle */
180 #endif
181 
182 #ifdef _KERNEL
183 #define SPA_PROCESS
184 #endif
185 boolean_t	spa_create_process = B_TRUE;	/* no process ==> no sysdc */
186 
187 extern int	zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free;
188 
189 /*
190  * Report any spa_load_verify errors found, but do not fail spa_load.
191  * This is used by zdb to analyze non-idle pools.
192  */
193 boolean_t	spa_load_verify_dryrun = B_FALSE;
194 
195 /*
196  * This (illegal) pool name is used when temporarily importing a spa_t in order
197  * to get the vdev stats associated with the imported devices.
198  */
199 #define	TRYIMPORT_NAME	"$import"
200 
201 /*
202  * For debugging purposes: print out vdev tree during pool import.
203  */
204 int	spa_load_print_vdev_tree = B_FALSE;
205 
206 /*
207  * A non-zero value for zfs_max_missing_tvds means that we allow importing
208  * pools with missing top-level vdevs. This is strictly intended for advanced
209  * pool recovery cases since missing data is almost inevitable. Pools with
210  * missing devices can only be imported read-only for safety reasons, and their
211  * fail-mode will be automatically set to "continue".
212  *
213  * With 1 missing vdev we should be able to import the pool and mount all
214  * datasets. User data that was not modified after the missing device has been
215  * added should be recoverable. This means that snapshots created prior to the
216  * addition of that device should be completely intact.
217  *
218  * With 2 missing vdevs, some datasets may fail to mount since there are
219  * dataset statistics that are stored as regular metadata. Some data might be
220  * recoverable if those vdevs were added recently.
221  *
222  * With 3 or more missing vdevs, the pool is severely damaged and MOS entries
223  * may be missing entirely. Chances of data recovery are very low. Note that
224  * there are also risks of performing an inadvertent rewind as we might be
225  * missing all the vdevs with the latest uberblocks.
226  */
227 uint64_t	zfs_max_missing_tvds = 0;
228 
229 /*
230  * The parameters below are similar to zfs_max_missing_tvds but are only
231  * intended for a preliminary open of the pool with an untrusted config which
232  * might be incomplete or out-dated.
233  *
234  * We are more tolerant for pools opened from a cachefile since we could have
235  * an out-dated cachefile where a device removal was not registered.
236  * We could have set the limit arbitrarily high but in the case where devices
237  * are really missing we would want to return the proper error codes; we chose
238  * SPA_DVAS_PER_BP - 1 so that some copies of the MOS would still be available
239  * and we get a chance to retrieve the trusted config.
240  */
241 uint64_t	zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP - 1;
242 
243 /*
244  * In the case where config was assembled by scanning device paths (/dev/dsks
245  * by default) we are less tolerant since all the existing devices should have
246  * been detected and we want spa_load to return the right error codes.
247  */
248 uint64_t	zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan = 0;
249 
250 
251 SYSCTL_DECL(_vfs_zfs_zio);
252 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs_zio, OID_AUTO, taskq_batch_pct, CTLFLAG_RDTUN,
253     &zio_taskq_batch_pct, 0,
254     "Percentage of CPUs to run an IO worker thread");
255 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, spa_load_print_vdev_tree, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
256     &spa_load_print_vdev_tree, 0,
257     "print out vdev tree during pool import");
258 SYSCTL_UQUAD(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, max_missing_tvds, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
259     &zfs_max_missing_tvds, 0,
260     "allow importing pools with missing top-level vdevs");
261 SYSCTL_UQUAD(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, max_missing_tvds_cachefile, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
262     &zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile, 0,
263     "allow importing pools with missing top-level vdevs in cache file");
264 SYSCTL_UQUAD(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, max_missing_tvds_scan, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
265     &zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan, 0,
266     "allow importing pools with missing top-level vdevs during scan");
267 
268 /*
269  * Debugging aid that pauses spa_sync() towards the end.
270  */
271 boolean_t	zfs_pause_spa_sync = B_FALSE;
272 
273 /*
274  * ==========================================================================
275  * SPA properties routines
276  * ==========================================================================
277  */
278 
279 /*
280  * Add a (source=src, propname=propval) list to an nvlist.
281  */
282 static void
spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t * nvl,zpool_prop_t prop,char * strval,uint64_t intval,zprop_source_t src)283 spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t *nvl, zpool_prop_t prop, char *strval,
284     uint64_t intval, zprop_source_t src)
285 {
286 	const char *propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop);
287 	nvlist_t *propval;
288 
289 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&propval, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
290 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_SOURCE, src) == 0);
291 
292 	if (strval != NULL)
293 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, strval) == 0);
294 	else
295 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, intval) == 0);
296 
297 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(nvl, propname, propval) == 0);
298 	nvlist_free(propval);
299 }
300 
301 /*
302  * Get property values from the spa configuration.
303  */
304 static void
spa_prop_get_config(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t ** nvp)305 spa_prop_get_config(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp)
306 {
307 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
308 	dsl_pool_t *pool = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
309 	uint64_t size, alloc, cap, version;
310 	zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_NONE;
311 	spa_config_dirent_t *dp;
312 	metaslab_class_t *mc = spa_normal_class(spa);
313 
314 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_props_lock));
315 
316 	if (rvd != NULL) {
317 		alloc = metaslab_class_get_alloc(mc);
318 		alloc += metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_special_class(spa));
319 		alloc += metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_dedup_class(spa));
320 
321 		size = metaslab_class_get_space(mc);
322 		size += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa));
323 		size += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa));
324 
325 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_NAME, spa_name(spa), 0, src);
326 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_SIZE, NULL, size, src);
327 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALLOCATED, NULL, alloc, src);
328 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREE, NULL,
329 		    size - alloc, src);
330 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CHECKPOINT, NULL,
331 		    spa->spa_checkpoint_info.sci_dspace, src);
332 
333 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FRAGMENTATION, NULL,
334 		    metaslab_class_fragmentation(mc), src);
335 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_EXPANDSZ, NULL,
336 		    metaslab_class_expandable_space(mc), src);
337 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY, NULL,
338 		    (spa_mode(spa) == FREAD), src);
339 
340 		cap = (size == 0) ? 0 : (alloc * 100 / size);
341 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CAPACITY, NULL, cap, src);
342 
343 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPRATIO, NULL,
344 		    ddt_get_pool_dedup_ratio(spa), src);
345 
346 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_HEALTH, NULL,
347 		    rvd->vdev_state, src);
348 
349 		version = spa_version(spa);
350 		if (version == zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION))
351 			src = ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT;
352 		else
353 			src = ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL;
354 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION, NULL, version, src);
355 
356 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LOAD_GUID,
357 		    NULL, spa_load_guid(spa), src);
358 	}
359 
360 	if (pool != NULL) {
361 		/*
362 		 * The $FREE directory was introduced in SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS,
363 		 * when opening pools before this version freedir will be NULL.
364 		 */
365 		if (pool->dp_free_dir != NULL) {
366 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING, NULL,
367 			    dsl_dir_phys(pool->dp_free_dir)->dd_used_bytes,
368 			    src);
369 		} else {
370 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING,
371 			    NULL, 0, src);
372 		}
373 
374 		if (pool->dp_leak_dir != NULL) {
375 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED, NULL,
376 			    dsl_dir_phys(pool->dp_leak_dir)->dd_used_bytes,
377 			    src);
378 		} else {
379 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED,
380 			    NULL, 0, src);
381 		}
382 	}
383 
384 	spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_GUID, NULL, spa_guid(spa), src);
385 
386 	if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) {
387 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT, spa->spa_comment,
388 		    0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
389 	}
390 
391 	if (spa->spa_root != NULL)
392 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT, spa->spa_root,
393 		    0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
394 
395 	if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_BLOCKS)) {
396 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE, NULL,
397 		    MIN(zfs_max_recordsize, SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE), ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
398 	} else {
399 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE, NULL,
400 		    SPA_OLD_MAXBLOCKSIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
401 	}
402 
403 	if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE)) {
404 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE, NULL,
405 		    DNODE_MAX_SIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
406 	} else {
407 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE, NULL,
408 		    DNODE_MIN_SIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
409 	}
410 
411 	if ((dp = list_head(&spa->spa_config_list)) != NULL) {
412 		if (dp->scd_path == NULL) {
413 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE,
414 			    "none", 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
415 		} else if (strcmp(dp->scd_path, spa_config_path) != 0) {
416 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE,
417 			    dp->scd_path, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
418 		}
419 	}
420 }
421 
422 /*
423  * Get zpool property values.
424  */
425 int
spa_prop_get(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t ** nvp)426 spa_prop_get(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp)
427 {
428 	objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
429 	zap_cursor_t zc;
430 	zap_attribute_t za;
431 	int err;
432 
433 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(nvp, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
434 
435 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
436 
437 	/*
438 	 * Get properties from the spa config.
439 	 */
440 	spa_prop_get_config(spa, nvp);
441 
442 	/* If no pool property object, no more prop to get. */
443 	if (mos == NULL || spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0) {
444 		mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
445 		return (0);
446 	}
447 
448 	/*
449 	 * Get properties from the MOS pool property object.
450 	 */
451 	for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object);
452 	    (err = zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za)) == 0;
453 	    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
454 		uint64_t intval = 0;
455 		char *strval = NULL;
456 		zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT;
457 		zpool_prop_t prop;
458 
459 		if ((prop = zpool_name_to_prop(za.za_name)) == ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL)
460 			continue;
461 
462 		switch (za.za_integer_length) {
463 		case 8:
464 			/* integer property */
465 			if (za.za_first_integer !=
466 			    zpool_prop_default_numeric(prop))
467 				src = ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL;
468 
469 			if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS) {
470 				dsl_pool_t *dp;
471 				dsl_dataset_t *ds = NULL;
472 
473 				dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
474 				dsl_pool_config_enter(dp, FTAG);
475 				err = dsl_dataset_hold_obj(dp,
476 				    za.za_first_integer, FTAG, &ds);
477 				if (err != 0) {
478 					dsl_pool_config_exit(dp, FTAG);
479 					break;
480 				}
481 
482 				strval = kmem_alloc(ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN,
483 				    KM_SLEEP);
484 				dsl_dataset_name(ds, strval);
485 				dsl_dataset_rele(ds, FTAG);
486 				dsl_pool_config_exit(dp, FTAG);
487 			} else {
488 				strval = NULL;
489 				intval = za.za_first_integer;
490 			}
491 
492 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, intval, src);
493 
494 			if (strval != NULL)
495 				kmem_free(strval, ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN);
496 
497 			break;
498 
499 		case 1:
500 			/* string property */
501 			strval = kmem_alloc(za.za_num_integers, KM_SLEEP);
502 			err = zap_lookup(mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object,
503 			    za.za_name, 1, za.za_num_integers, strval);
504 			if (err) {
505 				kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers);
506 				break;
507 			}
508 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, 0, src);
509 			kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers);
510 			break;
511 
512 		default:
513 			break;
514 		}
515 	}
516 	zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
517 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
518 out:
519 	if (err && err != ENOENT) {
520 		nvlist_free(*nvp);
521 		*nvp = NULL;
522 		return (err);
523 	}
524 
525 	return (0);
526 }
527 
528 /*
529  * Validate the given pool properties nvlist and modify the list
530  * for the property values to be set.
531  */
532 static int
spa_prop_validate(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * props)533 spa_prop_validate(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *props)
534 {
535 	nvpair_t *elem;
536 	int error = 0, reset_bootfs = 0;
537 	uint64_t objnum = 0;
538 	boolean_t has_feature = B_FALSE;
539 
540 	elem = NULL;
541 	while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) != NULL) {
542 		uint64_t intval;
543 		char *strval, *slash, *check, *fname;
544 		const char *propname = nvpair_name(elem);
545 		zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(propname);
546 
547 		switch (prop) {
548 		case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL:
549 			if (!zpool_prop_feature(propname)) {
550 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
551 				break;
552 			}
553 
554 			/*
555 			 * Sanitize the input.
556 			 */
557 			if (nvpair_type(elem) != DATA_TYPE_UINT64) {
558 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
559 				break;
560 			}
561 
562 			if (nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval) != 0) {
563 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
564 				break;
565 			}
566 
567 			if (intval != 0) {
568 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
569 				break;
570 			}
571 
572 			fname = strchr(propname, '@') + 1;
573 			if (zfeature_lookup_name(fname, NULL) != 0) {
574 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
575 				break;
576 			}
577 
578 			has_feature = B_TRUE;
579 			break;
580 
581 		case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION:
582 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
583 			if (!error &&
584 			    (intval < spa_version(spa) ||
585 			    intval > SPA_VERSION_BEFORE_FEATURES ||
586 			    has_feature))
587 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
588 			break;
589 
590 		case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION:
591 		case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE:
592 		case ZPOOL_PROP_LISTSNAPS:
593 		case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND:
594 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
595 			if (!error && intval > 1)
596 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
597 			break;
598 
599 		case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST:
600 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
601 			if (!error && intval > 1)
602 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
603 
604 			if (!error && !spa_get_hostid())
605 				error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
606 
607 			break;
608 
609 		case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS:
610 			/*
611 			 * If the pool version is less than SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS,
612 			 * or the pool is still being created (version == 0),
613 			 * the bootfs property cannot be set.
614 			 */
615 			if (spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS) {
616 				error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
617 				break;
618 			}
619 
620 			/*
621 			 * Make sure the vdev config is bootable
622 			 */
623 			if (!vdev_is_bootable(spa->spa_root_vdev)) {
624 				error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
625 				break;
626 			}
627 
628 			reset_bootfs = 1;
629 
630 			error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval);
631 
632 			if (!error) {
633 				objset_t *os;
634 				uint64_t propval;
635 
636 				if (strval == NULL || strval[0] == '\0') {
637 					objnum = zpool_prop_default_numeric(
638 					    ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS);
639 					break;
640 				}
641 
642 				error = dmu_objset_hold(strval, FTAG, &os);
643 				if (error != 0)
644 					break;
645 
646 				/*
647 				 * Must be ZPL, and its property settings
648 				 * must be supported.
649 				 */
650 
651 				if (dmu_objset_type(os) != DMU_OST_ZFS) {
652 					error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
653 				} else if ((error =
654 				    dsl_prop_get_int_ds(dmu_objset_ds(os),
655 				    zfs_prop_to_name(ZFS_PROP_COMPRESSION),
656 				    &propval)) == 0 &&
657 				    !BOOTFS_COMPRESS_VALID(propval)) {
658 					error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
659 				} else {
660 					objnum = dmu_objset_id(os);
661 				}
662 				dmu_objset_rele(os, FTAG);
663 			}
664 			break;
665 
666 		case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE:
667 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
668 			if (!error && (intval < ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_WAIT ||
669 			    intval > ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_PANIC))
670 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
671 
672 			/*
673 			 * This is a special case which only occurs when
674 			 * the pool has completely failed. This allows
675 			 * the user to change the in-core failmode property
676 			 * without syncing it out to disk (I/Os might
677 			 * currently be blocked). We do this by returning
678 			 * EIO to the caller (spa_prop_set) to trick it
679 			 * into thinking we encountered a property validation
680 			 * error.
681 			 */
682 			if (!error && spa_suspended(spa)) {
683 				spa->spa_failmode = intval;
684 				error = SET_ERROR(EIO);
685 			}
686 			break;
687 
688 		case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE:
689 			if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0)
690 				break;
691 
692 			if (strval[0] == '\0')
693 				break;
694 
695 			if (strcmp(strval, "none") == 0)
696 				break;
697 
698 			if (strval[0] != '/') {
699 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
700 				break;
701 			}
702 
703 			slash = strrchr(strval, '/');
704 			ASSERT(slash != NULL);
705 
706 			if (slash[1] == '\0' || strcmp(slash, "/.") == 0 ||
707 			    strcmp(slash, "/..") == 0)
708 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
709 			break;
710 
711 		case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT:
712 			if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0)
713 				break;
714 			for (check = strval; *check != '\0'; check++) {
715 				/*
716 				 * The kernel doesn't have an easy isprint()
717 				 * check.  For this kernel check, we merely
718 				 * check ASCII apart from DEL.  Fix this if
719 				 * there is an easy-to-use kernel isprint().
720 				 */
721 				if (*check >= 0x7f) {
722 					error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
723 					break;
724 				}
725 			}
726 			if (strlen(strval) > ZPROP_MAX_COMMENT)
727 				error = E2BIG;
728 			break;
729 
730 		case ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO:
731 			if (spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_DEDUP)
732 				error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
733 			else
734 				error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
735 			if (error == 0 &&
736 			    intval != 0 && intval < ZIO_DEDUPDITTO_MIN)
737 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
738 			break;
739 		}
740 
741 		if (error)
742 			break;
743 	}
744 
745 	if (!error && reset_bootfs) {
746 		error = nvlist_remove(props,
747 		    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), DATA_TYPE_STRING);
748 
749 		if (!error) {
750 			error = nvlist_add_uint64(props,
751 			    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), objnum);
752 		}
753 	}
754 
755 	return (error);
756 }
757 
758 void
spa_configfile_set(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * nvp,boolean_t need_sync)759 spa_configfile_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp, boolean_t need_sync)
760 {
761 	char *cachefile;
762 	spa_config_dirent_t *dp;
763 
764 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(nvp, zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE),
765 	    &cachefile) != 0)
766 		return;
767 
768 	dp = kmem_alloc(sizeof (spa_config_dirent_t),
769 	    KM_SLEEP);
770 
771 	if (cachefile[0] == '\0')
772 		dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(spa_config_path);
773 	else if (strcmp(cachefile, "none") == 0)
774 		dp->scd_path = NULL;
775 	else
776 		dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(cachefile);
777 
778 	list_insert_head(&spa->spa_config_list, dp);
779 	if (need_sync)
780 		spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE);
781 }
782 
783 int
spa_prop_set(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * nvp)784 spa_prop_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp)
785 {
786 	int error;
787 	nvpair_t *elem = NULL;
788 	boolean_t need_sync = B_FALSE;
789 
790 	if ((error = spa_prop_validate(spa, nvp)) != 0)
791 		return (error);
792 
793 	while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem)) != NULL) {
794 		zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem));
795 
796 		if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE ||
797 		    prop == ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT ||
798 		    prop == ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY)
799 			continue;
800 
801 		if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION || prop == ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL) {
802 			uint64_t ver;
803 
804 			if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION) {
805 				VERIFY(nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &ver) == 0);
806 			} else {
807 				ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)));
808 				ver = SPA_VERSION_FEATURES;
809 				need_sync = B_TRUE;
810 			}
811 
812 			/* Save time if the version is already set. */
813 			if (ver == spa_version(spa))
814 				continue;
815 
816 			/*
817 			 * In addition to the pool directory object, we might
818 			 * create the pool properties object, the features for
819 			 * read object, the features for write object, or the
820 			 * feature descriptions object.
821 			 */
822 			error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL,
823 			    spa_sync_version, &ver,
824 			    6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED);
825 			if (error)
826 				return (error);
827 			continue;
828 		}
829 
830 		need_sync = B_TRUE;
831 		break;
832 	}
833 
834 	if (need_sync) {
835 		return (dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL, spa_sync_props,
836 		    nvp, 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED));
837 	}
838 
839 	return (0);
840 }
841 
842 /*
843  * If the bootfs property value is dsobj, clear it.
844  */
845 void
spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t * spa,uint64_t dsobj,dmu_tx_t * tx)846 spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t *spa, uint64_t dsobj, dmu_tx_t *tx)
847 {
848 	if (spa->spa_bootfs == dsobj && spa->spa_pool_props_object != 0) {
849 		VERIFY(zap_remove(spa->spa_meta_objset,
850 		    spa->spa_pool_props_object,
851 		    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), tx) == 0);
852 		spa->spa_bootfs = 0;
853 	}
854 }
855 
856 /*ARGSUSED*/
857 static int
spa_change_guid_check(void * arg,dmu_tx_t * tx)858 spa_change_guid_check(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
859 {
860 	uint64_t *newguid = arg;
861 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
862 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
863 	uint64_t vdev_state;
864 
865 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) {
866 		int error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ?
867 		    ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT;
868 		return (SET_ERROR(error));
869 	}
870 
871 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
872 	vdev_state = rvd->vdev_state;
873 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
874 
875 	if (vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY)
876 		return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
877 
878 	ASSERT3U(spa_guid(spa), !=, *newguid);
879 
880 	return (0);
881 }
882 
883 static void
spa_change_guid_sync(void * arg,dmu_tx_t * tx)884 spa_change_guid_sync(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
885 {
886 	uint64_t *newguid = arg;
887 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
888 	uint64_t oldguid;
889 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
890 
891 	oldguid = spa_guid(spa);
892 
893 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
894 	rvd->vdev_guid = *newguid;
895 	rvd->vdev_guid_sum += (*newguid - oldguid);
896 	vdev_config_dirty(rvd);
897 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
898 
899 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "guid change", tx, "old=%llu new=%llu",
900 	    oldguid, *newguid);
901 }
902 
903 /*
904  * Change the GUID for the pool.  This is done so that we can later
905  * re-import a pool built from a clone of our own vdevs.  We will modify
906  * the root vdev's guid, our own pool guid, and then mark all of our
907  * vdevs dirty.  Note that we must make sure that all our vdevs are
908  * online when we do this, or else any vdevs that weren't present
909  * would be orphaned from our pool.  We are also going to issue a
910  * sysevent to update any watchers.
911  */
912 int
spa_change_guid(spa_t * spa)913 spa_change_guid(spa_t *spa)
914 {
915 	int error;
916 	uint64_t guid;
917 
918 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_vdev_top_lock);
919 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
920 	guid = spa_generate_guid(NULL);
921 
922 	error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, spa_change_guid_check,
923 	    spa_change_guid_sync, &guid, 5, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED);
924 
925 	if (error == 0) {
926 		spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
927 		spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_REGUID);
928 	}
929 
930 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
931 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_vdev_top_lock);
932 
933 	return (error);
934 }
935 
936 /*
937  * ==========================================================================
938  * SPA state manipulation (open/create/destroy/import/export)
939  * ==========================================================================
940  */
941 
942 static int
spa_error_entry_compare(const void * a,const void * b)943 spa_error_entry_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
944 {
945 	const spa_error_entry_t *sa = (const spa_error_entry_t *)a;
946 	const spa_error_entry_t *sb = (const spa_error_entry_t *)b;
947 	int ret;
948 
949 	ret = memcmp(&sa->se_bookmark, &sb->se_bookmark,
950 	    sizeof (zbookmark_phys_t));
951 
952 	return (AVL_ISIGN(ret));
953 }
954 
955 /*
956  * Utility function which retrieves copies of the current logs and
957  * re-initializes them in the process.
958  */
959 void
spa_get_errlists(spa_t * spa,avl_tree_t * last,avl_tree_t * scrub)960 spa_get_errlists(spa_t *spa, avl_tree_t *last, avl_tree_t *scrub)
961 {
962 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_errlist_lock));
963 
964 	bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_last, last, sizeof (avl_tree_t));
965 	bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub, scrub, sizeof (avl_tree_t));
966 
967 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub,
968 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
969 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
970 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last,
971 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
972 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
973 }
974 
975 static void
spa_taskqs_init(spa_t * spa,zio_type_t t,zio_taskq_type_t q)976 spa_taskqs_init(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q)
977 {
978 	const zio_taskq_info_t *ztip = &zio_taskqs[t][q];
979 	enum zti_modes mode = ztip->zti_mode;
980 	uint_t value = ztip->zti_value;
981 	uint_t count = ztip->zti_count;
982 	spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
983 	char name[32];
984 	uint_t flags = 0;
985 	boolean_t batch = B_FALSE;
986 
987 	if (mode == ZTI_MODE_NULL) {
988 		tqs->stqs_count = 0;
989 		tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL;
990 		return;
991 	}
992 
993 	ASSERT3U(count, >, 0);
994 
995 	tqs->stqs_count = count;
996 	tqs->stqs_taskq = kmem_alloc(count * sizeof (taskq_t *), KM_SLEEP);
997 
998 	switch (mode) {
999 	case ZTI_MODE_FIXED:
1000 		ASSERT3U(value, >=, 1);
1001 		value = MAX(value, 1);
1002 		break;
1003 
1004 	case ZTI_MODE_BATCH:
1005 		batch = B_TRUE;
1006 		flags |= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT;
1007 		value = zio_taskq_batch_pct;
1008 		break;
1009 
1010 	default:
1011 		panic("unrecognized mode for %s_%s taskq (%u:%u) in "
1012 		    "spa_activate()",
1013 		    zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], mode, value);
1014 		break;
1015 	}
1016 
1017 	for (uint_t i = 0; i < count; i++) {
1018 		taskq_t *tq;
1019 
1020 		if (count > 1) {
1021 			(void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s_%u",
1022 			    zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], i);
1023 		} else {
1024 			(void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s",
1025 			    zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q]);
1026 		}
1027 
1028 #ifdef SYSDC
1029 		if (zio_taskq_sysdc && spa->spa_proc != &p0) {
1030 			if (batch)
1031 				flags |= TASKQ_DC_BATCH;
1032 
1033 			tq = taskq_create_sysdc(name, value, 50, INT_MAX,
1034 			    spa->spa_proc, zio_taskq_basedc, flags);
1035 		} else {
1036 #endif
1037 			pri_t pri = maxclsyspri;
1038 			/*
1039 			 * The write issue taskq can be extremely CPU
1040 			 * intensive.  Run it at slightly lower priority
1041 			 * than the other taskqs.
1042 			 * FreeBSD notes:
1043 			 * - numerically higher priorities are lower priorities;
1044 			 * - if priorities divided by four (RQ_PPQ) are equal
1045 			 *   then a difference between them is insignificant.
1046 			 */
1047 			if (t == ZIO_TYPE_WRITE && q == ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE)
1048 #ifdef illumos
1049 				pri--;
1050 #else
1051 				pri += 4;
1052 #endif
1053 
1054 			tq = taskq_create_proc(name, value, pri, 50,
1055 			    INT_MAX, spa->spa_proc, flags);
1056 #ifdef SYSDC
1057 		}
1058 #endif
1059 
1060 		tqs->stqs_taskq[i] = tq;
1061 	}
1062 }
1063 
1064 static void
spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t * spa,zio_type_t t,zio_taskq_type_t q)1065 spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q)
1066 {
1067 	spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
1068 
1069 	if (tqs->stqs_taskq == NULL) {
1070 		ASSERT0(tqs->stqs_count);
1071 		return;
1072 	}
1073 
1074 	for (uint_t i = 0; i < tqs->stqs_count; i++) {
1075 		ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq[i], !=, NULL);
1076 		taskq_destroy(tqs->stqs_taskq[i]);
1077 	}
1078 
1079 	kmem_free(tqs->stqs_taskq, tqs->stqs_count * sizeof (taskq_t *));
1080 	tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL;
1081 }
1082 
1083 /*
1084  * Dispatch a task to the appropriate taskq for the ZFS I/O type and priority.
1085  * Note that a type may have multiple discrete taskqs to avoid lock contention
1086  * on the taskq itself. In that case we choose which taskq at random by using
1087  * the low bits of gethrtime().
1088  */
1089 void
spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t * spa,zio_type_t t,zio_taskq_type_t q,task_func_t * func,void * arg,uint_t flags,taskq_ent_t * ent)1090 spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q,
1091     task_func_t *func, void *arg, uint_t flags, taskq_ent_t *ent)
1092 {
1093 	spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
1094 	taskq_t *tq;
1095 
1096 	ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq, !=, NULL);
1097 	ASSERT3U(tqs->stqs_count, !=, 0);
1098 
1099 	if (tqs->stqs_count == 1) {
1100 		tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[0];
1101 	} else {
1102 #ifdef _KERNEL
1103 		tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[(u_int)(sbinuptime() + curcpu) %
1104 		    tqs->stqs_count];
1105 #else
1106 		tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[gethrtime() % tqs->stqs_count];
1107 #endif
1108 	}
1109 
1110 	taskq_dispatch_ent(tq, func, arg, flags, ent);
1111 }
1112 
1113 static void
spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t * spa)1114 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t *spa)
1115 {
1116 	for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) {
1117 		for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) {
1118 			spa_taskqs_init(spa, t, q);
1119 		}
1120 	}
1121 }
1122 
1123 #ifdef SPA_PROCESS
1124 static int
newproc(void (* pc)(void *),void * arg,id_t cid,int pri,void ** ct,pid_t pid)1125 newproc(void (*pc)(void *), void *arg, id_t cid, int pri,
1126     void **ct, pid_t pid)
1127 {
1128 	va_list ap;
1129 	spa_t *spa = (spa_t *)arg;	/* XXX */
1130 	struct proc *newp;
1131 	struct thread *td;
1132 	int error;
1133 
1134 	ASSERT(ct == NULL);
1135 	ASSERT(pid == 0);
1136 	ASSERT(cid == syscid);
1137 
1138 	error = kproc_create(pc, arg, &newp, 0, 0, "zpool-%s", spa->spa_name);
1139 	if (error != 0)
1140 		return (error);
1141 	td = FIRST_THREAD_IN_PROC(newp);
1142 	thread_lock(td);
1143 	sched_prio(td, pri);
1144 	thread_unlock(td);
1145 	return (0);
1146 }
1147 
1148 static void
spa_thread(void * arg)1149 spa_thread(void *arg)
1150 {
1151 	callb_cpr_t cprinfo;
1152 
1153 	spa_t *spa = arg;
1154 #ifdef illumos
1155 	user_t *pu = PTOU(curproc);
1156 #endif
1157 	CALLB_CPR_INIT(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock, callb_generic_cpr,
1158 	    spa->spa_name);
1159 
1160 	ASSERT(curproc != &p0);
1161 #ifdef illumos
1162 	(void) snprintf(pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_psargs),
1163 	    "zpool-%s", spa->spa_name);
1164 	(void) strlcpy(pu->u_comm, pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_comm));
1165 #endif
1166 
1167 #ifdef PSRSET_BIND
1168 	/* bind this thread to the requested psrset */
1169 	if (zio_taskq_psrset_bind != PS_NONE) {
1170 		pool_lock();
1171 		mutex_enter(&cpu_lock);
1172 		mutex_enter(&pidlock);
1173 		mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock);
1174 
1175 		if (cpupart_bind_thread(curthread, zio_taskq_psrset_bind,
1176 		    0, NULL, NULL) == 0)  {
1177 			curthread->t_bind_pset = zio_taskq_psrset_bind;
1178 		} else {
1179 			cmn_err(CE_WARN,
1180 			    "Couldn't bind process for zfs pool \"%s\" to "
1181 			    "pset %d\n", spa->spa_name, zio_taskq_psrset_bind);
1182 		}
1183 
1184 		mutex_exit(&curproc->p_lock);
1185 		mutex_exit(&pidlock);
1186 		mutex_exit(&cpu_lock);
1187 		pool_unlock();
1188 	}
1189 #endif
1190 
1191 #ifdef SYSDC
1192 	if (zio_taskq_sysdc) {
1193 		sysdc_thread_enter(curthread, 100, 0);
1194 	}
1195 #endif
1196 
1197 	spa->spa_proc = curproc;
1198 	spa->spa_did = curthread->t_did;
1199 
1200 	spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa);
1201 
1202 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1203 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED);
1204 
1205 	spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_ACTIVE;
1206 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1207 
1208 	CALLB_CPR_SAFE_BEGIN(&cprinfo);
1209 	while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE)
1210 		cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1211 	CALLB_CPR_SAFE_END(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1212 
1213 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE);
1214 	spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_GONE;
1215 	spa->spa_proc = &p0;
1216 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1217 	CALLB_CPR_EXIT(&cprinfo);	/* drops spa_proc_lock */
1218 
1219 #ifdef illumos
1220 	mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock);
1221 	lwp_exit();
1222 #else
1223 	kthread_exit();
1224 #endif
1225 }
1226 #endif	/* SPA_PROCESS */
1227 
1228 /*
1229  * Activate an uninitialized pool.
1230  */
1231 static void
spa_activate(spa_t * spa,int mode)1232 spa_activate(spa_t *spa, int mode)
1233 {
1234 	ASSERT(spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
1235 
1236 	spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE;
1237 	spa->spa_mode = mode;
1238 
1239 	spa->spa_normal_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1240 	spa->spa_log_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1241 	spa->spa_special_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1242 	spa->spa_dedup_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1243 
1244 	/* Try to create a covering process */
1245 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1246 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_NONE);
1247 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
1248 	spa->spa_did = 0;
1249 
1250 #ifdef SPA_PROCESS
1251 	/* Only create a process if we're going to be around a while. */
1252 	if (spa_create_process && strcmp(spa->spa_name, TRYIMPORT_NAME) != 0) {
1253 		if (newproc(spa_thread, (caddr_t)spa, syscid, maxclsyspri,
1254 		    NULL, 0) == 0) {
1255 			spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_CREATED;
1256 			while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED) {
1257 				cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv,
1258 				    &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1259 			}
1260 			ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE);
1261 			ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0);
1262 			ASSERT(spa->spa_did != 0);
1263 		} else {
1264 #ifdef _KERNEL
1265 			cmn_err(CE_WARN,
1266 			    "Couldn't create process for zfs pool \"%s\"\n",
1267 			    spa->spa_name);
1268 #endif
1269 		}
1270 	}
1271 #endif	/* SPA_PROCESS */
1272 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1273 
1274 	/* If we didn't create a process, we need to create our taskqs. */
1275 #ifndef SPA_PROCESS
1276 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
1277 #endif	/* SPA_PROCESS */
1278 	if (spa->spa_proc == &p0) {
1279 		spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa);
1280 	}
1281 
1282 	/*
1283 	 * Start TRIM thread.
1284 	 */
1285 	trim_thread_create(spa);
1286 
1287 	/*
1288 	 * This taskq is used to perform zvol-minor-related tasks
1289 	 * asynchronously. This has several advantages, including easy
1290 	 * resolution of various deadlocks (zfsonlinux bug #3681).
1291 	 *
1292 	 * The taskq must be single threaded to ensure tasks are always
1293 	 * processed in the order in which they were dispatched.
1294 	 *
1295 	 * A taskq per pool allows one to keep the pools independent.
1296 	 * This way if one pool is suspended, it will not impact another.
1297 	 *
1298 	 * The preferred location to dispatch a zvol minor task is a sync
1299 	 * task. In this context, there is easy access to the spa_t and minimal
1300 	 * error handling is required because the sync task must succeed.
1301 	 */
1302 	spa->spa_zvol_taskq = taskq_create("z_zvol", 1, minclsyspri,
1303 	    1, INT_MAX, 0);
1304 
1305 	for (size_t i = 0; i < TXG_SIZE; i++) {
1306 		spa->spa_txg_zio[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
1307 		    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL);
1308 	}
1309 
1310 	list_create(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
1311 	    offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_config_dirty_node));
1312 	list_create(&spa->spa_evicting_os_list, sizeof (objset_t),
1313 	    offsetof(objset_t, os_evicting_node));
1314 	list_create(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
1315 	    offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_state_dirty_node));
1316 
1317 	txg_list_create(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, spa,
1318 	    offsetof(struct vdev, vdev_txg_node));
1319 
1320 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub,
1321 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
1322 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
1323 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last,
1324 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
1325 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
1326 }
1327 
1328 /*
1329  * Opposite of spa_activate().
1330  */
1331 static void
spa_deactivate(spa_t * spa)1332 spa_deactivate(spa_t *spa)
1333 {
1334 	ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on == B_FALSE);
1335 	ASSERT(spa->spa_dsl_pool == NULL);
1336 	ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL);
1337 	ASSERT(spa->spa_async_zio_root == NULL);
1338 	ASSERT(spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
1339 
1340 	/*
1341 	 * Stop TRIM thread in case spa_unload() wasn't called directly
1342 	 * before spa_deactivate().
1343 	 */
1344 	trim_thread_destroy(spa);
1345 
1346 	spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
1347 
1348 	if (spa->spa_zvol_taskq) {
1349 		taskq_destroy(spa->spa_zvol_taskq);
1350 		spa->spa_zvol_taskq = NULL;
1351 	}
1352 
1353 	txg_list_destroy(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list);
1354 
1355 	list_destroy(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list);
1356 	list_destroy(&spa->spa_evicting_os_list);
1357 	list_destroy(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list);
1358 
1359 	for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) {
1360 		for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) {
1361 			spa_taskqs_fini(spa, t, q);
1362 		}
1363 	}
1364 
1365 	for (size_t i = 0; i < TXG_SIZE; i++) {
1366 		ASSERT3P(spa->spa_txg_zio[i], !=, NULL);
1367 		VERIFY0(zio_wait(spa->spa_txg_zio[i]));
1368 		spa->spa_txg_zio[i] = NULL;
1369 	}
1370 
1371 	metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_normal_class);
1372 	spa->spa_normal_class = NULL;
1373 
1374 	metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_log_class);
1375 	spa->spa_log_class = NULL;
1376 
1377 	metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_special_class);
1378 	spa->spa_special_class = NULL;
1379 
1380 	metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_dedup_class);
1381 	spa->spa_dedup_class = NULL;
1382 
1383 	/*
1384 	 * If this was part of an import or the open otherwise failed, we may
1385 	 * still have errors left in the queues.  Empty them just in case.
1386 	 */
1387 	spa_errlog_drain(spa);
1388 
1389 	avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub);
1390 	avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_last);
1391 
1392 	spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED;
1393 
1394 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1395 	if (spa->spa_proc_state != SPA_PROC_NONE) {
1396 		ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE);
1397 		spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE;
1398 		cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1399 		while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE) {
1400 			ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0);
1401 			cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1402 		}
1403 		ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_GONE);
1404 		spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_NONE;
1405 	}
1406 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
1407 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1408 
1409 #ifdef SPA_PROCESS
1410 #ifdef illumos
1411 	/*
1412 	 * We want to make sure spa_thread() has actually exited the ZFS
1413 	 * module, so that the module can't be unloaded out from underneath
1414 	 * it.
1415 	 */
1416 	if (spa->spa_did != 0) {
1417 		thread_join(spa->spa_did);
1418 		spa->spa_did = 0;
1419 	}
1420 #endif
1421 #endif	/* SPA_PROCESS */
1422 }
1423 
1424 /*
1425  * Verify a pool configuration, and construct the vdev tree appropriately.  This
1426  * will create all the necessary vdevs in the appropriate layout, with each vdev
1427  * in the CLOSED state.  This will prep the pool before open/creation/import.
1428  * All vdev validation is done by the vdev_alloc() routine.
1429  */
1430 static int
spa_config_parse(spa_t * spa,vdev_t ** vdp,nvlist_t * nv,vdev_t * parent,uint_t id,int atype)1431 spa_config_parse(spa_t *spa, vdev_t **vdp, nvlist_t *nv, vdev_t *parent,
1432     uint_t id, int atype)
1433 {
1434 	nvlist_t **child;
1435 	uint_t children;
1436 	int error;
1437 
1438 	if ((error = vdev_alloc(spa, vdp, nv, parent, id, atype)) != 0)
1439 		return (error);
1440 
1441 	if ((*vdp)->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
1442 		return (0);
1443 
1444 	error = nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nv, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
1445 	    &child, &children);
1446 
1447 	if (error == ENOENT)
1448 		return (0);
1449 
1450 	if (error) {
1451 		vdev_free(*vdp);
1452 		*vdp = NULL;
1453 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
1454 	}
1455 
1456 	for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
1457 		vdev_t *vd;
1458 		if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, child[c], *vdp, c,
1459 		    atype)) != 0) {
1460 			vdev_free(*vdp);
1461 			*vdp = NULL;
1462 			return (error);
1463 		}
1464 	}
1465 
1466 	ASSERT(*vdp != NULL);
1467 
1468 	return (0);
1469 }
1470 
1471 /*
1472  * Opposite of spa_load().
1473  */
1474 static void
spa_unload(spa_t * spa)1475 spa_unload(spa_t *spa)
1476 {
1477 	int i;
1478 
1479 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
1480 
1481 	spa_load_note(spa, "UNLOADING");
1482 
1483 	/*
1484 	 * Stop TRIM thread.
1485 	 */
1486 	trim_thread_destroy(spa);
1487 
1488 	/*
1489 	 * Stop async tasks.
1490 	 */
1491 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
1492 
1493 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev) {
1494 		vdev_initialize_stop_all(spa->spa_root_vdev,
1495 		    VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE);
1496 	}
1497 
1498 	/*
1499 	 * Stop syncing.
1500 	 */
1501 	if (spa->spa_sync_on) {
1502 		txg_sync_stop(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
1503 		spa->spa_sync_on = B_FALSE;
1504 	}
1505 
1506 	/*
1507 	 * Even though vdev_free() also calls vdev_metaslab_fini, we need
1508 	 * to call it earlier, before we wait for async i/o to complete.
1509 	 * This ensures that there is no async metaslab prefetching, by
1510 	 * calling taskq_wait(mg_taskq).
1511 	 */
1512 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
1513 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, spa, RW_WRITER);
1514 		for (int c = 0; c < spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_children; c++)
1515 			vdev_metaslab_fini(spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]);
1516 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, spa);
1517 	}
1518 
1519 	if (spa->spa_mmp.mmp_thread)
1520 		mmp_thread_stop(spa);
1521 
1522 	/*
1523 	 * Wait for any outstanding async I/O to complete.
1524 	 */
1525 	if (spa->spa_async_zio_root != NULL) {
1526 		for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++)
1527 			(void) zio_wait(spa->spa_async_zio_root[i]);
1528 		kmem_free(spa->spa_async_zio_root, max_ncpus * sizeof (void *));
1529 		spa->spa_async_zio_root = NULL;
1530 	}
1531 
1532 	if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL) {
1533 		spa_vdev_removal_destroy(spa->spa_vdev_removal);
1534 		spa->spa_vdev_removal = NULL;
1535 	}
1536 
1537 	if (spa->spa_condense_zthr != NULL) {
1538 		zthr_destroy(spa->spa_condense_zthr);
1539 		spa->spa_condense_zthr = NULL;
1540 	}
1541 
1542 	if (spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr != NULL) {
1543 		zthr_destroy(spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr);
1544 		spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr = NULL;
1545 	}
1546 
1547 	spa_condense_fini(spa);
1548 
1549 	bpobj_close(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj);
1550 
1551 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, spa, RW_WRITER);
1552 
1553 	/*
1554 	 * Close all vdevs.
1555 	 */
1556 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev)
1557 		vdev_free(spa->spa_root_vdev);
1558 	ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL);
1559 
1560 	/*
1561 	 * Close the dsl pool.
1562 	 */
1563 	if (spa->spa_dsl_pool) {
1564 		dsl_pool_close(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
1565 		spa->spa_dsl_pool = NULL;
1566 		spa->spa_meta_objset = NULL;
1567 	}
1568 
1569 	ddt_unload(spa);
1570 
1571 	/*
1572 	 * Drop and purge level 2 cache
1573 	 */
1574 	spa_l2cache_drop(spa);
1575 
1576 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1577 		vdev_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]);
1578 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs) {
1579 		kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs,
1580 		    spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1581 		spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1582 	}
1583 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) {
1584 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config);
1585 		spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL;
1586 	}
1587 	spa->spa_spares.sav_count = 0;
1588 
1589 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) {
1590 		vdev_clear_stats(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
1591 		vdev_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
1592 	}
1593 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs) {
1594 		kmem_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs,
1595 		    spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1596 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1597 	}
1598 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) {
1599 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config);
1600 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL;
1601 	}
1602 	spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count = 0;
1603 
1604 	spa->spa_async_suspended = 0;
1605 
1606 	spa->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded = B_FALSE;
1607 
1608 	if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) {
1609 		spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment);
1610 		spa->spa_comment = NULL;
1611 	}
1612 
1613 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, spa);
1614 }
1615 
1616 /*
1617  * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active spares for
1618  * this pool.  When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1619  * 'spa_spares.sav_config'.  We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1620  * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1621  */
1622 void
spa_load_spares(spa_t * spa)1623 spa_load_spares(spa_t *spa)
1624 {
1625 	nvlist_t **spares;
1626 	uint_t nspares;
1627 	int i;
1628 	vdev_t *vd, *tvd;
1629 
1630 #ifndef _KERNEL
1631 	/*
1632 	 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
1633 	 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
1634 	 *
1635 	 * As spare vdevs are shared among open pools, we skip loading
1636 	 * them when we load the checkpointed state of the pool.
1637 	 */
1638 	if (!spa_writeable(spa))
1639 		return;
1640 #endif
1641 
1642 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
1643 
1644 	/*
1645 	 * First, close and free any existing spare vdevs.
1646 	 */
1647 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
1648 		vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i];
1649 
1650 		/* Undo the call to spa_activate() below */
1651 		if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid,
1652 		    B_FALSE)) != NULL && tvd->vdev_isspare)
1653 			spa_spare_remove(tvd);
1654 		vdev_close(vd);
1655 		vdev_free(vd);
1656 	}
1657 
1658 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs)
1659 		kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs,
1660 		    spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1661 
1662 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config == NULL)
1663 		nspares = 0;
1664 	else
1665 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
1666 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
1667 
1668 	spa->spa_spares.sav_count = (int)nspares;
1669 	spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1670 
1671 	if (nspares == 0)
1672 		return;
1673 
1674 	/*
1675 	 * Construct the array of vdevs, opening them to get status in the
1676 	 * process.   For each spare, there is potentially two different vdev_t
1677 	 * structures associated with it: one in the list of spares (used only
1678 	 * for basic validation purposes) and one in the active vdev
1679 	 * configuration (if it's spared in).  During this phase we open and
1680 	 * validate each vdev on the spare list.  If the vdev also exists in the
1681 	 * active configuration, then we also mark this vdev as an active spare.
1682 	 */
1683 	spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = kmem_alloc(nspares * sizeof (void *),
1684 	    KM_SLEEP);
1685 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
1686 		VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, spares[i], NULL, 0,
1687 		    VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE) == 0);
1688 		ASSERT(vd != NULL);
1689 
1690 		spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i] = vd;
1691 
1692 		if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid,
1693 		    B_FALSE)) != NULL) {
1694 			if (!tvd->vdev_isspare)
1695 				spa_spare_add(tvd);
1696 
1697 			/*
1698 			 * We only mark the spare active if we were successfully
1699 			 * able to load the vdev.  Otherwise, importing a pool
1700 			 * with a bad active spare would result in strange
1701 			 * behavior, because multiple pool would think the spare
1702 			 * is actively in use.
1703 			 *
1704 			 * There is a vulnerability here to an equally bizarre
1705 			 * circumstance, where a dead active spare is later
1706 			 * brought back to life (onlined or otherwise).  Given
1707 			 * the rarity of this scenario, and the extra complexity
1708 			 * it adds, we ignore the possibility.
1709 			 */
1710 			if (!vdev_is_dead(tvd))
1711 				spa_spare_activate(tvd);
1712 		}
1713 
1714 		vd->vdev_top = vd;
1715 		vd->vdev_aux = &spa->spa_spares;
1716 
1717 		if (vdev_open(vd) != 0)
1718 			continue;
1719 
1720 		if (vdev_validate_aux(vd) == 0)
1721 			spa_spare_add(vd);
1722 	}
1723 
1724 	/*
1725 	 * Recompute the stashed list of spares, with status information
1726 	 * this time.
1727 	 */
1728 	VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
1729 	    DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
1730 
1731 	spares = kmem_alloc(spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *),
1732 	    KM_SLEEP);
1733 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1734 		spares[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa,
1735 		    spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_SPARE);
1736 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
1737 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count) == 0);
1738 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1739 		nvlist_free(spares[i]);
1740 	kmem_free(spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1741 }
1742 
1743 /*
1744  * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active l2cache for
1745  * this pool.  When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1746  * 'spa_l2cache.sav_config'.  We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1747  * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1748  * Devices which are already active have their details maintained, and are
1749  * not re-opened.
1750  */
1751 void
spa_load_l2cache(spa_t * spa)1752 spa_load_l2cache(spa_t *spa)
1753 {
1754 	nvlist_t **l2cache;
1755 	uint_t nl2cache;
1756 	int i, j, oldnvdevs;
1757 	uint64_t guid;
1758 	vdev_t *vd, **oldvdevs, **newvdevs;
1759 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache;
1760 
1761 #ifndef _KERNEL
1762 	/*
1763 	 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
1764 	 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
1765 	 *
1766 	 * As L2 caches are part of the ARC which is shared among open
1767 	 * pools, we skip loading them when we load the checkpointed
1768 	 * state of the pool.
1769 	 */
1770 	if (!spa_writeable(spa))
1771 		return;
1772 #endif
1773 
1774 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
1775 
1776 	if (sav->sav_config != NULL) {
1777 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
1778 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
1779 		newvdevs = kmem_alloc(nl2cache * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
1780 	} else {
1781 		nl2cache = 0;
1782 		newvdevs = NULL;
1783 	}
1784 
1785 	oldvdevs = sav->sav_vdevs;
1786 	oldnvdevs = sav->sav_count;
1787 	sav->sav_vdevs = NULL;
1788 	sav->sav_count = 0;
1789 
1790 	/*
1791 	 * Process new nvlist of vdevs.
1792 	 */
1793 	for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) {
1794 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
1795 		    &guid) == 0);
1796 
1797 		newvdevs[i] = NULL;
1798 		for (j = 0; j < oldnvdevs; j++) {
1799 			vd = oldvdevs[j];
1800 			if (vd != NULL && guid == vd->vdev_guid) {
1801 				/*
1802 				 * Retain previous vdev for add/remove ops.
1803 				 */
1804 				newvdevs[i] = vd;
1805 				oldvdevs[j] = NULL;
1806 				break;
1807 			}
1808 		}
1809 
1810 		if (newvdevs[i] == NULL) {
1811 			/*
1812 			 * Create new vdev
1813 			 */
1814 			VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, l2cache[i], NULL, 0,
1815 			    VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE) == 0);
1816 			ASSERT(vd != NULL);
1817 			newvdevs[i] = vd;
1818 
1819 			/*
1820 			 * Commit this vdev as an l2cache device,
1821 			 * even if it fails to open.
1822 			 */
1823 			spa_l2cache_add(vd);
1824 
1825 			vd->vdev_top = vd;
1826 			vd->vdev_aux = sav;
1827 
1828 			spa_l2cache_activate(vd);
1829 
1830 			if (vdev_open(vd) != 0)
1831 				continue;
1832 
1833 			(void) vdev_validate_aux(vd);
1834 
1835 			if (!vdev_is_dead(vd))
1836 				l2arc_add_vdev(spa, vd);
1837 		}
1838 	}
1839 
1840 	/*
1841 	 * Purge vdevs that were dropped
1842 	 */
1843 	for (i = 0; i < oldnvdevs; i++) {
1844 		uint64_t pool;
1845 
1846 		vd = oldvdevs[i];
1847 		if (vd != NULL) {
1848 			ASSERT(vd->vdev_isl2cache);
1849 
1850 			if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) &&
1851 			    pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd))
1852 				l2arc_remove_vdev(vd);
1853 			vdev_clear_stats(vd);
1854 			vdev_free(vd);
1855 		}
1856 	}
1857 
1858 	if (oldvdevs)
1859 		kmem_free(oldvdevs, oldnvdevs * sizeof (void *));
1860 
1861 	if (sav->sav_config == NULL)
1862 		goto out;
1863 
1864 	sav->sav_vdevs = newvdevs;
1865 	sav->sav_count = (int)nl2cache;
1866 
1867 	/*
1868 	 * Recompute the stashed list of l2cache devices, with status
1869 	 * information this time.
1870 	 */
1871 	VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
1872 	    DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
1873 
1874 	l2cache = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
1875 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
1876 		l2cache[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa,
1877 		    sav->sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
1878 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
1879 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, sav->sav_count) == 0);
1880 out:
1881 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
1882 		nvlist_free(l2cache[i]);
1883 	if (sav->sav_count)
1884 		kmem_free(l2cache, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1885 }
1886 
1887 static int
load_nvlist(spa_t * spa,uint64_t obj,nvlist_t ** value)1888 load_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t **value)
1889 {
1890 	dmu_buf_t *db;
1891 	char *packed = NULL;
1892 	size_t nvsize = 0;
1893 	int error;
1894 	*value = NULL;
1895 
1896 	error = dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db);
1897 	if (error != 0)
1898 		return (error);
1899 
1900 	nvsize = *(uint64_t *)db->db_data;
1901 	dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG);
1902 
1903 	packed = kmem_alloc(nvsize, KM_SLEEP);
1904 	error = dmu_read(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, nvsize, packed,
1905 	    DMU_READ_PREFETCH);
1906 	if (error == 0)
1907 		error = nvlist_unpack(packed, nvsize, value, 0);
1908 	kmem_free(packed, nvsize);
1909 
1910 	return (error);
1911 }
1912 
1913 /*
1914  * Concrete top-level vdevs that are not missing and are not logs. At every
1915  * spa_sync we write new uberblocks to at least SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS core tvds.
1916  */
1917 static uint64_t
spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa_t * spa)1918 spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa_t *spa)
1919 {
1920 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1921 	uint64_t tvds = 0;
1922 
1923 	for (uint64_t i = 0; i < rvd->vdev_children; i++) {
1924 		vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[i];
1925 		if (vd->vdev_islog)
1926 			continue;
1927 		if (vdev_is_concrete(vd) && !vdev_is_dead(vd))
1928 			tvds++;
1929 	}
1930 
1931 	return (tvds);
1932 }
1933 
1934 /*
1935  * Checks to see if the given vdev could not be opened, in which case we post a
1936  * sysevent to notify the autoreplace code that the device has been removed.
1937  */
1938 static void
spa_check_removed(vdev_t * vd)1939 spa_check_removed(vdev_t *vd)
1940 {
1941 	for (uint64_t c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
1942 		spa_check_removed(vd->vdev_child[c]);
1943 
1944 	if (vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf && vdev_is_dead(vd) &&
1945 	    vdev_is_concrete(vd)) {
1946 		zfs_post_autoreplace(vd->vdev_spa, vd);
1947 		spa_event_notify(vd->vdev_spa, vd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_CHECK);
1948 	}
1949 }
1950 
1951 static int
spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa_t * spa)1952 spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa_t *spa)
1953 {
1954 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1955 
1956 	/*
1957 	 * If we're doing a normal import, then build up any additional
1958 	 * diagnostic information about missing log devices.
1959 	 * We'll pass this up to the user for further processing.
1960 	 */
1961 	if (!(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG)) {
1962 		nvlist_t **child, *nv;
1963 		uint64_t idx = 0;
1964 
1965 		child = kmem_alloc(rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (nvlist_t **),
1966 		    KM_SLEEP);
1967 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nv, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
1968 
1969 		for (uint64_t c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1970 			vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1971 
1972 			/*
1973 			 * We consider a device as missing only if it failed
1974 			 * to open (i.e. offline or faulted is not considered
1975 			 * as missing).
1976 			 */
1977 			if (tvd->vdev_islog &&
1978 			    tvd->vdev_state == VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN) {
1979 				child[idx++] = vdev_config_generate(spa, tvd,
1980 				    B_FALSE, VDEV_CONFIG_MISSING);
1981 			}
1982 		}
1983 
1984 		if (idx > 0) {
1985 			fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nv,
1986 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, child, idx);
1987 			fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
1988 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MISSING_DEVICES, nv);
1989 
1990 			for (uint64_t i = 0; i < idx; i++)
1991 				nvlist_free(child[i]);
1992 		}
1993 		nvlist_free(nv);
1994 		kmem_free(child, rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (char **));
1995 
1996 		if (idx > 0) {
1997 			spa_load_failed(spa, "some log devices are missing");
1998 			vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
1999 			return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
2000 		}
2001 	} else {
2002 		for (uint64_t c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
2003 			vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
2004 
2005 			if (tvd->vdev_islog &&
2006 			    tvd->vdev_state == VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN) {
2007 				spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
2008 				spa_load_note(spa, "some log devices are "
2009 				    "missing, ZIL is dropped.");
2010 				vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
2011 				break;
2012 			}
2013 		}
2014 	}
2015 
2016 	return (0);
2017 }
2018 
2019 /*
2020  * Check for missing log devices
2021  */
2022 static boolean_t
spa_check_logs(spa_t * spa)2023 spa_check_logs(spa_t *spa)
2024 {
2025 	boolean_t rv = B_FALSE;
2026 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
2027 
2028 	switch (spa->spa_log_state) {
2029 	case SPA_LOG_MISSING:
2030 		/* need to recheck in case slog has been restored */
2031 	case SPA_LOG_UNKNOWN:
2032 		rv = (dmu_objset_find_dp(dp, dp->dp_root_dir_obj,
2033 		    zil_check_log_chain, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN) != 0);
2034 		if (rv)
2035 			spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_MISSING);
2036 		break;
2037 	}
2038 	return (rv);
2039 }
2040 
2041 static boolean_t
spa_passivate_log(spa_t * spa)2042 spa_passivate_log(spa_t *spa)
2043 {
2044 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2045 	boolean_t slog_found = B_FALSE;
2046 
2047 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER));
2048 
2049 	if (!spa_has_slogs(spa))
2050 		return (B_FALSE);
2051 
2052 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
2053 		vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
2054 		metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
2055 
2056 		if (tvd->vdev_islog) {
2057 			metaslab_group_passivate(mg);
2058 			slog_found = B_TRUE;
2059 		}
2060 	}
2061 
2062 	return (slog_found);
2063 }
2064 
2065 static void
spa_activate_log(spa_t * spa)2066 spa_activate_log(spa_t *spa)
2067 {
2068 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2069 
2070 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER));
2071 
2072 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
2073 		vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
2074 		metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
2075 
2076 		if (tvd->vdev_islog)
2077 			metaslab_group_activate(mg);
2078 	}
2079 }
2080 
2081 int
spa_reset_logs(spa_t * spa)2082 spa_reset_logs(spa_t *spa)
2083 {
2084 	int error;
2085 
2086 	error = dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa), zil_reset,
2087 	    NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
2088 	if (error == 0) {
2089 		/*
2090 		 * We successfully offlined the log device, sync out the
2091 		 * current txg so that the "stubby" block can be removed
2092 		 * by zil_sync().
2093 		 */
2094 		txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
2095 	}
2096 	return (error);
2097 }
2098 
2099 static void
spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t * sav)2100 spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav)
2101 {
2102 	int i;
2103 
2104 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
2105 		spa_check_removed(sav->sav_vdevs[i]);
2106 }
2107 
2108 void
spa_claim_notify(zio_t * zio)2109 spa_claim_notify(zio_t *zio)
2110 {
2111 	spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa;
2112 
2113 	if (zio->io_error)
2114 		return;
2115 
2116 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);	/* any mutex will do */
2117 	if (spa->spa_claim_max_txg < zio->io_bp->blk_birth)
2118 		spa->spa_claim_max_txg = zio->io_bp->blk_birth;
2119 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
2120 }
2121 
2122 typedef struct spa_load_error {
2123 	uint64_t	sle_meta_count;
2124 	uint64_t	sle_data_count;
2125 } spa_load_error_t;
2126 
2127 static void
spa_load_verify_done(zio_t * zio)2128 spa_load_verify_done(zio_t *zio)
2129 {
2130 	blkptr_t *bp = zio->io_bp;
2131 	spa_load_error_t *sle = zio->io_private;
2132 	dmu_object_type_t type = BP_GET_TYPE(bp);
2133 	int error = zio->io_error;
2134 	spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa;
2135 
2136 	abd_free(zio->io_abd);
2137 	if (error) {
2138 		if ((BP_GET_LEVEL(bp) != 0 || DMU_OT_IS_METADATA(type)) &&
2139 		    type != DMU_OT_INTENT_LOG)
2140 			atomic_inc_64(&sle->sle_meta_count);
2141 		else
2142 			atomic_inc_64(&sle->sle_data_count);
2143 	}
2144 
2145 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2146 	spa->spa_load_verify_ios--;
2147 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_scrub_io_cv);
2148 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2149 }
2150 
2151 /*
2152  * Maximum number of concurrent scrub i/os to create while verifying
2153  * a pool while importing it.
2154  */
2155 int spa_load_verify_maxinflight = 10000;
2156 boolean_t spa_load_verify_metadata = B_TRUE;
2157 boolean_t spa_load_verify_data = B_TRUE;
2158 
2159 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, spa_load_verify_maxinflight, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
2160     &spa_load_verify_maxinflight, 0,
2161     "Maximum number of concurrent scrub I/Os to create while verifying a "
2162     "pool while importing it");
2163 
2164 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, spa_load_verify_metadata, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
2165     &spa_load_verify_metadata, 0,
2166     "Check metadata on import?");
2167 
2168 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, spa_load_verify_data, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
2169     &spa_load_verify_data, 0,
2170     "Check user data on import?");
2171 
2172 /*ARGSUSED*/
2173 static int
spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t * spa,zilog_t * zilog,const blkptr_t * bp,const zbookmark_phys_t * zb,const dnode_phys_t * dnp,void * arg)2174 spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t *spa, zilog_t *zilog, const blkptr_t *bp,
2175     const zbookmark_phys_t *zb, const dnode_phys_t *dnp, void *arg)
2176 {
2177 	if (bp == NULL || BP_IS_HOLE(bp) || BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp))
2178 		return (0);
2179 	/*
2180 	 * Note: normally this routine will not be called if
2181 	 * spa_load_verify_metadata is not set.  However, it may be useful
2182 	 * to manually set the flag after the traversal has begun.
2183 	 */
2184 	if (!spa_load_verify_metadata)
2185 		return (0);
2186 	if (!BP_IS_METADATA(bp) && !spa_load_verify_data)
2187 		return (0);
2188 
2189 	zio_t *rio = arg;
2190 	size_t size = BP_GET_PSIZE(bp);
2191 
2192 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2193 	while (spa->spa_load_verify_ios >= spa_load_verify_maxinflight)
2194 		cv_wait(&spa->spa_scrub_io_cv, &spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2195 	spa->spa_load_verify_ios++;
2196 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2197 
2198 	zio_nowait(zio_read(rio, spa, bp, abd_alloc_for_io(size, B_FALSE), size,
2199 	    spa_load_verify_done, rio->io_private, ZIO_PRIORITY_SCRUB,
2200 	    ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE | ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL |
2201 	    ZIO_FLAG_SCRUB | ZIO_FLAG_RAW, zb));
2202 	return (0);
2203 }
2204 
2205 /* ARGSUSED */
2206 int
verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t * dp,dsl_dataset_t * ds,void * arg)2207 verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t *dp, dsl_dataset_t *ds, void *arg)
2208 {
2209 	if (dsl_dataset_namelen(ds) >= ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN)
2210 		return (SET_ERROR(ENAMETOOLONG));
2211 
2212 	return (0);
2213 }
2214 
2215 static int
spa_load_verify(spa_t * spa)2216 spa_load_verify(spa_t *spa)
2217 {
2218 	zio_t *rio;
2219 	spa_load_error_t sle = { 0 };
2220 	zpool_load_policy_t policy;
2221 	boolean_t verify_ok = B_FALSE;
2222 	int error = 0;
2223 
2224 	zpool_get_load_policy(spa->spa_config, &policy);
2225 
2226 	if (policy.zlp_rewind & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND)
2227 		return (0);
2228 
2229 	dsl_pool_config_enter(spa->spa_dsl_pool, FTAG);
2230 	error = dmu_objset_find_dp(spa->spa_dsl_pool,
2231 	    spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_root_dir_obj, verify_dataset_name_len, NULL,
2232 	    DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
2233 	dsl_pool_config_exit(spa->spa_dsl_pool, FTAG);
2234 	if (error != 0)
2235 		return (error);
2236 
2237 	rio = zio_root(spa, NULL, &sle,
2238 	    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE);
2239 
2240 	if (spa_load_verify_metadata) {
2241 		if (spa->spa_extreme_rewind) {
2242 			spa_load_note(spa, "performing a complete scan of the "
2243 			    "pool since extreme rewind is on. This may take "
2244 			    "a very long time.\n  (spa_load_verify_data=%u, "
2245 			    "spa_load_verify_metadata=%u)",
2246 			    spa_load_verify_data, spa_load_verify_metadata);
2247 		}
2248 		error = traverse_pool(spa, spa->spa_verify_min_txg,
2249 		    TRAVERSE_PRE | TRAVERSE_PREFETCH_METADATA,
2250 		    spa_load_verify_cb, rio);
2251 	}
2252 
2253 	(void) zio_wait(rio);
2254 
2255 	spa->spa_load_meta_errors = sle.sle_meta_count;
2256 	spa->spa_load_data_errors = sle.sle_data_count;
2257 
2258 	if (sle.sle_meta_count != 0 || sle.sle_data_count != 0) {
2259 		spa_load_note(spa, "spa_load_verify found %llu metadata errors "
2260 		    "and %llu data errors", (u_longlong_t)sle.sle_meta_count,
2261 		    (u_longlong_t)sle.sle_data_count);
2262 	}
2263 
2264 	if (spa_load_verify_dryrun ||
2265 	    (!error && sle.sle_meta_count <= policy.zlp_maxmeta &&
2266 	    sle.sle_data_count <= policy.zlp_maxdata)) {
2267 		int64_t loss = 0;
2268 
2269 		verify_ok = B_TRUE;
2270 		spa->spa_load_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
2271 		spa->spa_load_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp;
2272 
2273 		loss = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts - spa->spa_load_txg_ts;
2274 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
2275 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_TIME, spa->spa_load_txg_ts) == 0);
2276 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_int64(spa->spa_load_info,
2277 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_TIME, loss) == 0);
2278 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
2279 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_DATA_ERRORS, sle.sle_data_count) == 0);
2280 	} else {
2281 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
2282 	}
2283 
2284 	if (spa_load_verify_dryrun)
2285 		return (0);
2286 
2287 	if (error) {
2288 		if (error != ENXIO && error != EIO)
2289 			error = SET_ERROR(EIO);
2290 		return (error);
2291 	}
2292 
2293 	return (verify_ok ? 0 : EIO);
2294 }
2295 
2296 /*
2297  * Find a value in the pool props object.
2298  */
2299 static void
spa_prop_find(spa_t * spa,zpool_prop_t prop,uint64_t * val)2300 spa_prop_find(spa_t *spa, zpool_prop_t prop, uint64_t *val)
2301 {
2302 	(void) zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, spa->spa_pool_props_object,
2303 	    zpool_prop_to_name(prop), sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val);
2304 }
2305 
2306 /*
2307  * Find a value in the pool directory object.
2308  */
2309 static int
spa_dir_prop(spa_t * spa,const char * name,uint64_t * val,boolean_t log_enoent)2310 spa_dir_prop(spa_t *spa, const char *name, uint64_t *val, boolean_t log_enoent)
2311 {
2312 	int error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
2313 	    name, sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val);
2314 
2315 	if (error != 0 && (error != ENOENT || log_enoent)) {
2316 		spa_load_failed(spa, "couldn't get '%s' value in MOS directory "
2317 		    "[error=%d]", name, error);
2318 	}
2319 
2320 	return (error);
2321 }
2322 
2323 static int
spa_vdev_err(vdev_t * vdev,vdev_aux_t aux,int err)2324 spa_vdev_err(vdev_t *vdev, vdev_aux_t aux, int err)
2325 {
2326 	vdev_set_state(vdev, B_TRUE, VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN, aux);
2327 	return (SET_ERROR(err));
2328 }
2329 
2330 static void
spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa_t * spa)2331 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa_t *spa)
2332 {
2333 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
2334 
2335 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
2336 
2337 	spa_start_indirect_condensing_thread(spa);
2338 
2339 	ASSERT3P(spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr, ==, NULL);
2340 	spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr =
2341 	    zthr_create(spa_checkpoint_discard_thread_check,
2342 	    spa_checkpoint_discard_thread, spa);
2343 }
2344 
2345 /*
2346  * Fix up config after a partly-completed split.  This is done with the
2347  * ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT nvlist.  Both the splitting pool and the split-off
2348  * pool have that entry in their config, but only the splitting one contains
2349  * a list of all the guids of the vdevs that are being split off.
2350  *
2351  * This function determines what to do with that list: either rejoin
2352  * all the disks to the pool, or complete the splitting process.  To attempt
2353  * the rejoin, each disk that is offlined is marked online again, and
2354  * we do a reopen() call.  If the vdev label for every disk that was
2355  * marked online indicates it was successfully split off (VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
2356  * then we call vdev_split() on each disk, and complete the split.
2357  *
2358  * Otherwise we leave the config alone, with all the vdevs in place in
2359  * the original pool.
2360  */
2361 static void
spa_try_repair(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * config)2362 spa_try_repair(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
2363 {
2364 	uint_t extracted;
2365 	uint64_t *glist;
2366 	uint_t i, gcount;
2367 	nvlist_t *nvl;
2368 	vdev_t **vd;
2369 	boolean_t attempt_reopen;
2370 
2371 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT, &nvl) != 0)
2372 		return;
2373 
2374 	/* check that the config is complete */
2375 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST,
2376 	    &glist, &gcount) != 0)
2377 		return;
2378 
2379 	vd = kmem_zalloc(gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP);
2380 
2381 	/* attempt to online all the vdevs & validate */
2382 	attempt_reopen = B_TRUE;
2383 	for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++) {
2384 		if (glist[i] == 0)	/* vdev is hole */
2385 			continue;
2386 
2387 		vd[i] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[i], B_FALSE);
2388 		if (vd[i] == NULL) {
2389 			/*
2390 			 * Don't bother attempting to reopen the disks;
2391 			 * just do the split.
2392 			 */
2393 			attempt_reopen = B_FALSE;
2394 		} else {
2395 			/* attempt to re-online it */
2396 			vd[i]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE;
2397 		}
2398 	}
2399 
2400 	if (attempt_reopen) {
2401 		vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
2402 
2403 		/* check each device to see what state it's in */
2404 		for (extracted = 0, i = 0; i < gcount; i++) {
2405 			if (vd[i] != NULL &&
2406 			    vd[i]->vdev_stat.vs_aux != VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
2407 				break;
2408 			++extracted;
2409 		}
2410 	}
2411 
2412 	/*
2413 	 * If every disk has been moved to the new pool, or if we never
2414 	 * even attempted to look at them, then we split them off for
2415 	 * good.
2416 	 */
2417 	if (!attempt_reopen || gcount == extracted) {
2418 		for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++)
2419 			if (vd[i] != NULL)
2420 				vdev_split(vd[i]);
2421 		vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
2422 	}
2423 
2424 	kmem_free(vd, gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *));
2425 }
2426 
2427 static int
spa_load(spa_t * spa,spa_load_state_t state,spa_import_type_t type)2428 spa_load(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, spa_import_type_t type)
2429 {
2430 	char *ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_POOL;
2431 	int error;
2432 
2433 	spa->spa_load_state = state;
2434 
2435 	gethrestime(&spa->spa_loaded_ts);
2436 	error = spa_load_impl(spa, type, &ereport);
2437 
2438 	/*
2439 	 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
2440 	 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
2441 	 */
2442 	spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
2443 	spa->spa_minref = zfs_refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount);
2444 	if (error) {
2445 		if (error != EEXIST) {
2446 			spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec = 0;
2447 			spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec = 0;
2448 		}
2449 		if (error != EBADF) {
2450 			zfs_ereport_post(ereport, spa, NULL, NULL, 0, 0);
2451 		}
2452 	}
2453 	spa->spa_load_state = error ? SPA_LOAD_ERROR : SPA_LOAD_NONE;
2454 	spa->spa_ena = 0;
2455 
2456 	return (error);
2457 }
2458 
2459 /*
2460  * Count the number of per-vdev ZAPs associated with all of the vdevs in the
2461  * vdev tree rooted in the given vd, and ensure that each ZAP is present in the
2462  * spa's per-vdev ZAP list.
2463  */
2464 static uint64_t
vdev_count_verify_zaps(vdev_t * vd)2465 vdev_count_verify_zaps(vdev_t *vd)
2466 {
2467 	spa_t *spa = vd->vdev_spa;
2468 	uint64_t total = 0;
2469 	if (vd->vdev_top_zap != 0) {
2470 		total++;
2471 		ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset,
2472 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, vd->vdev_top_zap));
2473 	}
2474 	if (vd->vdev_leaf_zap != 0) {
2475 		total++;
2476 		ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset,
2477 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, vd->vdev_leaf_zap));
2478 	}
2479 
2480 	for (uint64_t i = 0; i < vd->vdev_children; i++) {
2481 		total += vdev_count_verify_zaps(vd->vdev_child[i]);
2482 	}
2483 
2484 	return (total);
2485 }
2486 
2487 /*
2488  * Determine whether the activity check is required.
2489  */
2490 static boolean_t
spa_activity_check_required(spa_t * spa,uberblock_t * ub,nvlist_t * label,nvlist_t * config)2491 spa_activity_check_required(spa_t *spa, uberblock_t *ub, nvlist_t *label,
2492     nvlist_t *config)
2493 {
2494 	uint64_t state = 0;
2495 	uint64_t hostid = 0;
2496 	uint64_t tryconfig_txg = 0;
2497 	uint64_t tryconfig_timestamp = 0;
2498 	uint16_t tryconfig_mmp_seq = 0;
2499 	nvlist_t *nvinfo;
2500 
2501 	if (nvlist_exists(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO)) {
2502 		nvinfo = fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO);
2503 		(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG,
2504 		    &tryconfig_txg);
2505 		(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP,
2506 		    &tryconfig_timestamp);
2507 		(void) nvlist_lookup_uint16(nvinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_SEQ,
2508 		    &tryconfig_mmp_seq);
2509 	}
2510 
2511 	(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE, &state);
2512 
2513 	/*
2514 	 * Disable the MMP activity check - This is used by zdb which
2515 	 * is intended to be used on potentially active pools.
2516 	 */
2517 	if (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP)
2518 		return (B_FALSE);
2519 
2520 	/*
2521 	 * Skip the activity check when the MMP feature is disabled.
2522 	 */
2523 	if (ub->ub_mmp_magic == MMP_MAGIC && ub->ub_mmp_delay == 0)
2524 		return (B_FALSE);
2525 
2526 	/*
2527 	 * If the tryconfig_ values are nonzero, they are the results of an
2528 	 * earlier tryimport.  If they all match the uberblock we just found,
2529 	 * then the pool has not changed and we return false so we do not test
2530 	 * a second time.
2531 	 */
2532 	if (tryconfig_txg && tryconfig_txg == ub->ub_txg &&
2533 	    tryconfig_timestamp && tryconfig_timestamp == ub->ub_timestamp &&
2534 	    tryconfig_mmp_seq && tryconfig_mmp_seq ==
2535 	    (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub) ? MMP_SEQ(ub) : 0))
2536 		return (B_FALSE);
2537 
2538 	/*
2539 	 * Allow the activity check to be skipped when importing the pool
2540 	 * on the same host which last imported it.  Since the hostid from
2541 	 * configuration may be stale use the one read from the label.
2542 	 */
2543 	if (nvlist_exists(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID))
2544 		hostid = fnvlist_lookup_uint64(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID);
2545 
2546 	if (hostid == spa_get_hostid())
2547 		return (B_FALSE);
2548 
2549 	/*
2550 	 * Skip the activity test when the pool was cleanly exported.
2551 	 */
2552 	if (state != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE)
2553 		return (B_FALSE);
2554 
2555 	return (B_TRUE);
2556 }
2557 
2558 /*
2559  * Nanoseconds the activity check must watch for changes on-disk.
2560  */
2561 static uint64_t
spa_activity_check_duration(spa_t * spa,uberblock_t * ub)2562 spa_activity_check_duration(spa_t *spa, uberblock_t *ub)
2563 {
2564 	uint64_t import_intervals = MAX(zfs_multihost_import_intervals, 1);
2565 	uint64_t multihost_interval = MSEC2NSEC(
2566 	    MMP_INTERVAL_OK(zfs_multihost_interval));
2567 	uint64_t import_delay = MAX(NANOSEC, import_intervals *
2568 	    multihost_interval);
2569 
2570 	/*
2571 	 * Local tunables determine a minimum duration except for the case
2572 	 * where we know when the remote host will suspend the pool if MMP
2573 	 * writes do not land.
2574 	 *
2575 	 * See Big Theory comment at the top of mmp.c for the reasoning behind
2576 	 * these cases and times.
2577 	 */
2578 
2579 	ASSERT(MMP_IMPORT_SAFETY_FACTOR >= 100);
2580 
2581 	if (MMP_INTERVAL_VALID(ub) && MMP_FAIL_INT_VALID(ub) &&
2582 	    MMP_FAIL_INT(ub) > 0) {
2583 
2584 		/* MMP on remote host will suspend pool after failed writes */
2585 		import_delay = MMP_FAIL_INT(ub) * MSEC2NSEC(MMP_INTERVAL(ub)) *
2586 		    MMP_IMPORT_SAFETY_FACTOR / 100;
2587 
2588 		zfs_dbgmsg("fail_intvals>0 import_delay=%llu ub_mmp "
2589 		    "mmp_fails=%llu ub_mmp mmp_interval=%llu "
2590 		    "import_intervals=%u", import_delay, MMP_FAIL_INT(ub),
2591 		    MMP_INTERVAL(ub), import_intervals);
2592 
2593 	} else if (MMP_INTERVAL_VALID(ub) && MMP_FAIL_INT_VALID(ub) &&
2594 	    MMP_FAIL_INT(ub) == 0) {
2595 
2596 		/* MMP on remote host will never suspend pool */
2597 		import_delay = MAX(import_delay, (MSEC2NSEC(MMP_INTERVAL(ub)) +
2598 		    ub->ub_mmp_delay) * import_intervals);
2599 
2600 		zfs_dbgmsg("fail_intvals=0 import_delay=%llu ub_mmp "
2601 		    "mmp_interval=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu "
2602 		    "import_intervals=%u", import_delay, MMP_INTERVAL(ub),
2603 		    ub->ub_mmp_delay, import_intervals);
2604 
2605 	} else if (MMP_VALID(ub)) {
2606 		/*
2607 		 * zfs-0.7 compatability case
2608 		 */
2609 
2610 		import_delay = MAX(import_delay, (multihost_interval +
2611 		    ub->ub_mmp_delay) * import_intervals);
2612 
2613 		zfs_dbgmsg("import_delay=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu "
2614 		    "import_intervals=%u leaves=%u", import_delay,
2615 		    ub->ub_mmp_delay, import_intervals,
2616 		    vdev_count_leaves(spa));
2617 	} else {
2618 		/* Using local tunings is the only reasonable option */
2619 		zfs_dbgmsg("pool last imported on non-MMP aware "
2620 		    "host using import_delay=%llu multihost_interval=%llu "
2621 		    "import_intervals=%u", import_delay, multihost_interval,
2622 		    import_intervals);
2623 	}
2624 
2625 	return (import_delay);
2626 }
2627 
2628 /*
2629  * Perform the import activity check.  If the user canceled the import or
2630  * we detected activity then fail.
2631  */
2632 static int
spa_activity_check(spa_t * spa,uberblock_t * ub,nvlist_t * config)2633 spa_activity_check(spa_t *spa, uberblock_t *ub, nvlist_t *config)
2634 {
2635 	uint64_t txg = ub->ub_txg;
2636 	uint64_t timestamp = ub->ub_timestamp;
2637 	uint64_t mmp_config = ub->ub_mmp_config;
2638 	uint16_t mmp_seq = MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub) ? MMP_SEQ(ub) : 0;
2639 	uint64_t import_delay;
2640 	hrtime_t import_expire;
2641 	nvlist_t *mmp_label = NULL;
2642 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2643 	kcondvar_t cv;
2644 	kmutex_t mtx;
2645 	int error = 0;
2646 
2647 	cv_init(&cv, NULL, CV_DEFAULT, NULL);
2648 	mutex_init(&mtx, NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL);
2649 	mutex_enter(&mtx);
2650 
2651 	/*
2652 	 * If ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG is present an activity check was performed
2653 	 * during the earlier tryimport.  If the txg recorded there is 0 then
2654 	 * the pool is known to be active on another host.
2655 	 *
2656 	 * Otherwise, the pool might be in use on another host.  Check for
2657 	 * changes in the uberblocks on disk if necessary.
2658 	 */
2659 	if (nvlist_exists(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO)) {
2660 		nvlist_t *nvinfo = fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config,
2661 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO);
2662 
2663 		if (nvlist_exists(nvinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG) &&
2664 		    fnvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG) == 0) {
2665 			vdev_uberblock_load(rvd, ub, &mmp_label);
2666 			error = SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO);
2667 			goto out;
2668 		}
2669 	}
2670 
2671 	import_delay = spa_activity_check_duration(spa, ub);
2672 
2673 	/* Add a small random factor in case of simultaneous imports (0-25%) */
2674 	import_delay += import_delay * spa_get_random(250) / 1000;
2675 
2676 	import_expire = gethrtime() + import_delay;
2677 
2678 	while (gethrtime() < import_expire) {
2679 		vdev_uberblock_load(rvd, ub, &mmp_label);
2680 
2681 		if (txg != ub->ub_txg || timestamp != ub->ub_timestamp ||
2682 		    mmp_seq != (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub) ? MMP_SEQ(ub) : 0)) {
2683 			zfs_dbgmsg("multihost activity detected "
2684 			    "txg %llu ub_txg  %llu "
2685 			    "timestamp %llu ub_timestamp  %llu "
2686 			    "mmp_config %#llx ub_mmp_config %#llx",
2687 			    txg, ub->ub_txg, timestamp, ub->ub_timestamp,
2688 			    mmp_config, ub->ub_mmp_config);
2689 
2690 			error = SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO);
2691 			break;
2692 		}
2693 
2694 		if (mmp_label) {
2695 			nvlist_free(mmp_label);
2696 			mmp_label = NULL;
2697 		}
2698 		error = cv_timedwait_sig(&cv, &mtx, hz);
2699 #if defined(illumos) || !defined(_KERNEL)
2700 		if (error != -1) {
2701 #else
2702 		if (error != EWOULDBLOCK) {
2703 #endif
2704 			error = SET_ERROR(EINTR);
2705 			break;
2706 		}
2707 		error = 0;
2708 	}
2709 
2710 out:
2711 	mutex_exit(&mtx);
2712 	mutex_destroy(&mtx);
2713 	cv_destroy(&cv);
2714 
2715 	/*
2716 	 * If the pool is determined to be active store the status in the
2717 	 * spa->spa_load_info nvlist.  If the remote hostname or hostid are
2718 	 * available from configuration read from disk store them as well.
2719 	 * This allows 'zpool import' to generate a more useful message.
2720 	 *
2721 	 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE    - observed pool status (mandatory)
2722 	 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME - hostname from the active pool
2723 	 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID   - hostid from the active pool
2724 	 */
2725 	if (error == EREMOTEIO) {
2726 		char *hostname = "<unknown>";
2727 		uint64_t hostid = 0;
2728 
2729 		if (mmp_label) {
2730 			if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME)) {
2731 				hostname = fnvlist_lookup_string(mmp_label,
2732 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME);
2733 				fnvlist_add_string(spa->spa_load_info,
2734 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME, hostname);
2735 			}
2736 
2737 			if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID)) {
2738 				hostid = fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mmp_label,
2739 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID);
2740 				fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
2741 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID, hostid);
2742 			}
2743 		}
2744 
2745 		fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
2746 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE, MMP_STATE_ACTIVE);
2747 		fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
2748 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG, 0);
2749 
2750 		error = spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE, EREMOTEIO);
2751 	}
2752 
2753 	if (mmp_label)
2754 		nvlist_free(mmp_label);
2755 
2756 	return (error);
2757 }
2758 
2759 static int
2760 spa_verify_host(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *mos_config)
2761 {
2762 	uint64_t hostid;
2763 	char *hostname;
2764 	uint64_t myhostid = 0;
2765 
2766 	if (!spa_is_root(spa) && nvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config,
2767 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID, &hostid) == 0) {
2768 		hostname = fnvlist_lookup_string(mos_config,
2769 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME);
2770 
2771 		myhostid = zone_get_hostid(NULL);
2772 
2773 		if (hostid != 0 && myhostid != 0 && hostid != myhostid) {
2774 			cmn_err(CE_WARN, "pool '%s' could not be "
2775 			    "loaded as it was last accessed by "
2776 			    "another system (host: %s hostid: 0x%llx). "
2777 			    "See: http://illumos.org/msg/ZFS-8000-EY",
2778 			    spa_name(spa), hostname, (u_longlong_t)hostid);
2779 			spa_load_failed(spa, "hostid verification failed: pool "
2780 			    "last accessed by host: %s (hostid: 0x%llx)",
2781 			    hostname, (u_longlong_t)hostid);
2782 			return (SET_ERROR(EBADF));
2783 		}
2784 	}
2785 
2786 	return (0);
2787 }
2788 
2789 static int
2790 spa_ld_parse_config(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type)
2791 {
2792 	int error = 0;
2793 	nvlist_t *nvtree, *nvl, *config = spa->spa_config;
2794 	int parse;
2795 	vdev_t *rvd;
2796 	uint64_t pool_guid;
2797 	char *comment;
2798 
2799 	/*
2800 	 * Versioning wasn't explicitly added to the label until later, so if
2801 	 * it's not present treat it as the initial version.
2802 	 */
2803 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
2804 	    &spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0)
2805 		spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL;
2806 
2807 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID, &pool_guid)) {
2808 		spa_load_failed(spa, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
2809 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID);
2810 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
2811 	}
2812 
2813 	/*
2814 	 * If we are doing an import, ensure that the pool is not already
2815 	 * imported by checking if its pool guid already exists in the
2816 	 * spa namespace.
2817 	 *
2818 	 * The only case that we allow an already imported pool to be
2819 	 * imported again, is when the pool is checkpointed and we want to
2820 	 * look at its checkpointed state from userland tools like zdb.
2821 	 */
2822 #ifdef _KERNEL
2823 	if ((spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT ||
2824 	    spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) &&
2825 	    spa_guid_exists(pool_guid, 0)) {
2826 #else
2827 	if ((spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT ||
2828 	    spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) &&
2829 	    spa_guid_exists(pool_guid, 0) &&
2830 	    !spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa)) {
2831 #endif
2832 		spa_load_failed(spa, "a pool with guid %llu is already open",
2833 		    (u_longlong_t)pool_guid);
2834 		return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
2835 	}
2836 
2837 	spa->spa_config_guid = pool_guid;
2838 
2839 	nvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info);
2840 	spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc();
2841 
2842 	ASSERT(spa->spa_comment == NULL);
2843 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMMENT, &comment) == 0)
2844 		spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(comment);
2845 
2846 	(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
2847 	    &spa->spa_config_txg);
2848 
2849 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT, &nvl) == 0)
2850 		spa->spa_config_splitting = fnvlist_dup(nvl);
2851 
2852 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvtree)) {
2853 		spa_load_failed(spa, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
2854 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE);
2855 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
2856 	}
2857 
2858 	/*
2859 	 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
2860 	 */
2861 	spa->spa_async_zio_root = kmem_alloc(max_ncpus * sizeof (void *),
2862 	    KM_SLEEP);
2863 	for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) {
2864 		spa->spa_async_zio_root[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
2865 		    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE |
2866 		    ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER);
2867 	}
2868 
2869 	/*
2870 	 * Parse the configuration into a vdev tree.  We explicitly set the
2871 	 * value that will be returned by spa_version() since parsing the
2872 	 * configuration requires knowing the version number.
2873 	 */
2874 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2875 	parse = (type == SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING ?
2876 	    VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD : VDEV_ALLOC_SPLIT);
2877 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtree, NULL, 0, parse);
2878 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2879 
2880 	if (error != 0) {
2881 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to parse config [error=%d]",
2882 		    error);
2883 		return (error);
2884 	}
2885 
2886 	ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd);
2887 	ASSERT3U(spa->spa_min_ashift, >=, SPA_MINBLOCKSHIFT);
2888 	ASSERT3U(spa->spa_max_ashift, <=, SPA_MAXBLOCKSHIFT);
2889 
2890 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2891 		ASSERT(spa_guid(spa) == pool_guid);
2892 	}
2893 
2894 	return (0);
2895 }
2896 
2897 /*
2898  * Recursively open all vdevs in the vdev tree. This function is called twice:
2899  * first with the untrusted config, then with the trusted config.
2900  */
2901 static int
2902 spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa_t *spa)
2903 {
2904 	int error = 0;
2905 
2906 	/*
2907 	 * spa_missing_tvds_allowed defines how many top-level vdevs can be
2908 	 * missing/unopenable for the root vdev to be still considered openable.
2909 	 */
2910 	if (spa->spa_trust_config) {
2911 		spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = zfs_max_missing_tvds;
2912 	} else if (spa->spa_config_source == SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE) {
2913 		spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile;
2914 	} else if (spa->spa_config_source == SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN) {
2915 		spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan;
2916 	} else {
2917 		spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = 0;
2918 	}
2919 
2920 	spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed =
2921 	    MAX(zfs_max_missing_tvds, spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed);
2922 
2923 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2924 	error = vdev_open(spa->spa_root_vdev);
2925 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2926 
2927 	if (spa->spa_missing_tvds != 0) {
2928 		spa_load_note(spa, "vdev tree has %lld missing top-level "
2929 		    "vdevs.", (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_missing_tvds);
2930 		if (spa->spa_trust_config && (spa->spa_mode & FWRITE)) {
2931 			/*
2932 			 * Although theoretically we could allow users to open
2933 			 * incomplete pools in RW mode, we'd need to add a lot
2934 			 * of extra logic (e.g. adjust pool space to account
2935 			 * for missing vdevs).
2936 			 * This limitation also prevents users from accidentally
2937 			 * opening the pool in RW mode during data recovery and
2938 			 * damaging it further.
2939 			 */
2940 			spa_load_note(spa, "pools with missing top-level "
2941 			    "vdevs can only be opened in read-only mode.");
2942 			error = SET_ERROR(ENXIO);
2943 		} else {
2944 			spa_load_note(spa, "current settings allow for maximum "
2945 			    "%lld missing top-level vdevs at this stage.",
2946 			    (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed);
2947 		}
2948 	}
2949 	if (error != 0) {
2950 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to open vdev tree [error=%d]",
2951 		    error);
2952 	}
2953 	if (spa->spa_missing_tvds != 0 || error != 0)
2954 		vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(spa->spa_root_vdev, 2);
2955 
2956 	return (error);
2957 }
2958 
2959 /*
2960  * We need to validate the vdev labels against the configuration that
2961  * we have in hand. This function is called twice: first with an untrusted
2962  * config, then with a trusted config. The validation is more strict when the
2963  * config is trusted.
2964  */
2965 static int
2966 spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa_t *spa)
2967 {
2968 	int error = 0;
2969 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2970 
2971 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2972 	error = vdev_validate(rvd);
2973 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2974 
2975 	if (error != 0) {
2976 		spa_load_failed(spa, "vdev_validate failed [error=%d]", error);
2977 		return (error);
2978 	}
2979 
2980 	if (rvd->vdev_state <= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN) {
2981 		spa_load_failed(spa, "cannot open vdev tree after invalidating "
2982 		    "some vdevs");
2983 		vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
2984 		return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
2985 	}
2986 
2987 	return (0);
2988 }
2989 
2990 static void
2991 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa_t *spa, uberblock_t *ub)
2992 {
2993 	spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE;
2994 	spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
2995 	spa->spa_verify_min_txg = spa->spa_extreme_rewind ?
2996 	    TXG_INITIAL - 1 : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) - TXG_DEFER_SIZE - 1;
2997 	spa->spa_first_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg ?
2998 	    spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) + 1;
2999 	spa->spa_claim_max_txg = spa->spa_first_txg;
3000 	spa->spa_prev_software_version = ub->ub_software_version;
3001 }
3002 
3003 static int
3004 spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type)
3005 {
3006 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3007 	nvlist_t *label;
3008 	uberblock_t *ub = &spa->spa_uberblock;
3009 	boolean_t activity_check = B_FALSE;
3010 
3011 	/*
3012 	 * If we are opening the checkpointed state of the pool by
3013 	 * rewinding to it, at this point we will have written the
3014 	 * checkpointed uberblock to the vdev labels, so searching
3015 	 * the labels will find the right uberblock.  However, if
3016 	 * we are opening the checkpointed state read-only, we have
3017 	 * not modified the labels. Therefore, we must ignore the
3018 	 * labels and continue using the spa_uberblock that was set
3019 	 * by spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind.
3020 	 *
3021 	 * Note that it would be fine to ignore the labels when
3022 	 * rewinding (opening writeable) as well. However, if we
3023 	 * crash just after writing the labels, we will end up
3024 	 * searching the labels. Doing so in the common case means
3025 	 * that this code path gets exercised normally, rather than
3026 	 * just in the edge case.
3027 	 */
3028 	if (ub->ub_checkpoint_txg != 0 &&
3029 	    spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa)) {
3030 		spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa, ub);
3031 		return (0);
3032 	}
3033 
3034 	/*
3035 	 * Find the best uberblock.
3036 	 */
3037 	vdev_uberblock_load(rvd, ub, &label);
3038 
3039 	/*
3040 	 * If we weren't able to find a single valid uberblock, return failure.
3041 	 */
3042 	if (ub->ub_txg == 0) {
3043 		nvlist_free(label);
3044 		spa_load_failed(spa, "no valid uberblock found");
3045 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, ENXIO));
3046 	}
3047 
3048 	spa_load_note(spa, "using uberblock with txg=%llu",
3049 	    (u_longlong_t)ub->ub_txg);
3050 
3051 	/*
3052 	 * For pools which have the multihost property on determine if the
3053 	 * pool is truly inactive and can be safely imported.  Prevent
3054 	 * hosts which don't have a hostid set from importing the pool.
3055 	 */
3056 	activity_check = spa_activity_check_required(spa, ub, label,
3057 	    spa->spa_config);
3058 	if (activity_check) {
3059 		if (ub->ub_mmp_magic == MMP_MAGIC && ub->ub_mmp_delay &&
3060 		    spa_get_hostid() == 0) {
3061 			nvlist_free(label);
3062 			fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
3063 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID);
3064 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE, EREMOTEIO));
3065 		}
3066 
3067 		int error = spa_activity_check(spa, ub, spa->spa_config);
3068 		if (error) {
3069 			nvlist_free(label);
3070 			return (error);
3071 		}
3072 
3073 		fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
3074 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE, MMP_STATE_INACTIVE);
3075 		fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
3076 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG, ub->ub_txg);
3077 		fnvlist_add_uint16(spa->spa_load_info,
3078 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_SEQ,
3079 		    (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub) ? MMP_SEQ(ub) : 0));
3080 	}
3081 
3082 	/*
3083 	 * If the pool has an unsupported version we can't open it.
3084 	 */
3085 	if (!SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(ub->ub_version)) {
3086 		nvlist_free(label);
3087 		spa_load_failed(spa, "version %llu is not supported",
3088 		    (u_longlong_t)ub->ub_version);
3089 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_VERSION_NEWER, ENOTSUP));
3090 	}
3091 
3092 	if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
3093 		nvlist_t *features;
3094 
3095 		/*
3096 		 * If we weren't able to find what's necessary for reading the
3097 		 * MOS in the label, return failure.
3098 		 */
3099 		if (label == NULL) {
3100 			spa_load_failed(spa, "label config unavailable");
3101 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
3102 			    ENXIO));
3103 		}
3104 
3105 		if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ,
3106 		    &features) != 0) {
3107 			nvlist_free(label);
3108 			spa_load_failed(spa, "invalid label: '%s' missing",
3109 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ);
3110 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
3111 			    ENXIO));
3112 		}
3113 
3114 		/*
3115 		 * Update our in-core representation with the definitive values
3116 		 * from the label.
3117 		 */
3118 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_label_features);
3119 		VERIFY(nvlist_dup(features, &spa->spa_label_features, 0) == 0);
3120 	}
3121 
3122 	nvlist_free(label);
3123 
3124 	/*
3125 	 * Look through entries in the label nvlist's features_for_read. If
3126 	 * there is a feature listed there which we don't understand then we
3127 	 * cannot open a pool.
3128 	 */
3129 	if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
3130 		nvlist_t *unsup_feat;
3131 
3132 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&unsup_feat, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) ==
3133 		    0);
3134 
3135 		for (nvpair_t *nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features,
3136 		    NULL); nvp != NULL;
3137 		    nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features, nvp)) {
3138 			if (!zfeature_is_supported(nvpair_name(nvp))) {
3139 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(unsup_feat,
3140 				    nvpair_name(nvp), "") == 0);
3141 			}
3142 		}
3143 
3144 		if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) {
3145 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
3146 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat) == 0);
3147 			nvlist_free(unsup_feat);
3148 			spa_load_failed(spa, "some features are unsupported");
3149 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
3150 			    ENOTSUP));
3151 		}
3152 
3153 		nvlist_free(unsup_feat);
3154 	}
3155 
3156 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE && spa->spa_config_splitting) {
3157 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3158 		spa_try_repair(spa, spa->spa_config);
3159 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3160 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting);
3161 		spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
3162 	}
3163 
3164 	/*
3165 	 * Initialize internal SPA structures.
3166 	 */
3167 	spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa, ub);
3168 
3169 	return (0);
3170 }
3171 
3172 static int
3173 spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa_t *spa)
3174 {
3175 	int error = 0;
3176 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3177 
3178 	error = dsl_pool_init(spa, spa->spa_first_txg, &spa->spa_dsl_pool);
3179 	if (error != 0) {
3180 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to open rootbp in dsl_pool_init "
3181 		    "[error=%d]", error);
3182 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3183 	}
3184 	spa->spa_meta_objset = spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_meta_objset;
3185 
3186 	return (0);
3187 }
3188 
3189 static int
3190 spa_ld_trusted_config(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type,
3191     boolean_t reloading)
3192 {
3193 	vdev_t *mrvd, *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3194 	nvlist_t *nv, *mos_config, *policy;
3195 	int error = 0, copy_error;
3196 	uint64_t healthy_tvds, healthy_tvds_mos;
3197 	uint64_t mos_config_txg;
3198 
3199 	if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CONFIG, &spa->spa_config_object, B_TRUE)
3200 	    != 0)
3201 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3202 
3203 	/*
3204 	 * If we're assembling a pool from a split, the config provided is
3205 	 * already trusted so there is nothing to do.
3206 	 */
3207 	if (type == SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE)
3208 		return (0);
3209 
3210 	healthy_tvds = spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa);
3211 
3212 	if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &mos_config)
3213 	    != 0) {
3214 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
3215 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3216 	}
3217 
3218 	/*
3219 	 * If we are doing an open, pool owner wasn't verified yet, thus do
3220 	 * the verification here.
3221 	 */
3222 	if (spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_OPEN) {
3223 		error = spa_verify_host(spa, mos_config);
3224 		if (error != 0) {
3225 			nvlist_free(mos_config);
3226 			return (error);
3227 		}
3228 	}
3229 
3230 	nv = fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(mos_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE);
3231 
3232 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3233 
3234 	/*
3235 	 * Build a new vdev tree from the trusted config
3236 	 */
3237 	VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &mrvd, nv, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD) == 0);
3238 
3239 	/*
3240 	 * Vdev paths in the MOS may be obsolete. If the untrusted config was
3241 	 * obtained by scanning /dev/dsk, then it will have the right vdev
3242 	 * paths. We update the trusted MOS config with this information.
3243 	 * We first try to copy the paths with vdev_copy_path_strict, which
3244 	 * succeeds only when both configs have exactly the same vdev tree.
3245 	 * If that fails, we fall back to a more flexible method that has a
3246 	 * best effort policy.
3247 	 */
3248 	copy_error = vdev_copy_path_strict(rvd, mrvd);
3249 	if (copy_error != 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree) {
3250 		spa_load_note(spa, "provided vdev tree:");
3251 		vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
3252 		spa_load_note(spa, "MOS vdev tree:");
3253 		vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(mrvd, 2);
3254 	}
3255 	if (copy_error != 0) {
3256 		spa_load_note(spa, "vdev_copy_path_strict failed, falling "
3257 		    "back to vdev_copy_path_relaxed");
3258 		vdev_copy_path_relaxed(rvd, mrvd);
3259 	}
3260 
3261 	vdev_close(rvd);
3262 	vdev_free(rvd);
3263 	spa->spa_root_vdev = mrvd;
3264 	rvd = mrvd;
3265 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3266 
3267 	/*
3268 	 * We will use spa_config if we decide to reload the spa or if spa_load
3269 	 * fails and we rewind. We must thus regenerate the config using the
3270 	 * MOS information with the updated paths. ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY is used to
3271 	 * pass settings on how to load the pool and is not stored in the MOS.
3272 	 * We copy it over to our new, trusted config.
3273 	 */
3274 	mos_config_txg = fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config,
3275 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG);
3276 	nvlist_free(mos_config);
3277 	mos_config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, mos_config_txg, B_FALSE);
3278 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(spa->spa_config, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY,
3279 	    &policy) == 0)
3280 		fnvlist_add_nvlist(mos_config, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY, policy);
3281 	spa_config_set(spa, mos_config);
3282 	spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_MOS;
3283 
3284 	/*
3285 	 * Now that we got the config from the MOS, we should be more strict
3286 	 * in checking blkptrs and can make assumptions about the consistency
3287 	 * of the vdev tree. spa_trust_config must be set to true before opening
3288 	 * vdevs in order for them to be writeable.
3289 	 */
3290 	spa->spa_trust_config = B_TRUE;
3291 
3292 	/*
3293 	 * Open and validate the new vdev tree
3294 	 */
3295 	error = spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa);
3296 	if (error != 0)
3297 		return (error);
3298 
3299 	error = spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa);
3300 	if (error != 0)
3301 		return (error);
3302 
3303 	if (copy_error != 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree) {
3304 		spa_load_note(spa, "final vdev tree:");
3305 		vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
3306 	}
3307 
3308 	if (spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT &&
3309 	    !spa->spa_extreme_rewind && zfs_max_missing_tvds == 0) {
3310 		/*
3311 		 * Sanity check to make sure that we are indeed loading the
3312 		 * latest uberblock. If we missed SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS tvds
3313 		 * in the config provided and they happened to be the only ones
3314 		 * to have the latest uberblock, we could involuntarily perform
3315 		 * an extreme rewind.
3316 		 */
3317 		healthy_tvds_mos = spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa);
3318 		if (healthy_tvds_mos - healthy_tvds >=
3319 		    SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS) {
3320 			spa_load_note(spa, "config provided misses too many "
3321 			    "top-level vdevs compared to MOS (%lld vs %lld). ",
3322 			    (u_longlong_t)healthy_tvds,
3323 			    (u_longlong_t)healthy_tvds_mos);
3324 			spa_load_note(spa, "vdev tree:");
3325 			vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
3326 			if (reloading) {
3327 				spa_load_failed(spa, "config was already "
3328 				    "provided from MOS. Aborting.");
3329 				return (spa_vdev_err(rvd,
3330 				    VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3331 			}
3332 			spa_load_note(spa, "spa must be reloaded using MOS "
3333 			    "config");
3334 			return (SET_ERROR(EAGAIN));
3335 		}
3336 	}
3337 
3338 	error = spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa);
3339 	if (error != 0)
3340 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM, ENXIO));
3341 
3342 	if (rvd->vdev_guid_sum != spa->spa_uberblock.ub_guid_sum) {
3343 		spa_load_failed(spa, "uberblock guid sum doesn't match MOS "
3344 		    "guid sum (%llu != %llu)",
3345 		    (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_uberblock.ub_guid_sum,
3346 		    (u_longlong_t)rvd->vdev_guid_sum);
3347 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM,
3348 		    ENXIO));
3349 	}
3350 
3351 	return (0);
3352 }
3353 
3354 static int
3355 spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa_t *spa)
3356 {
3357 	int error = 0;
3358 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3359 
3360 	/*
3361 	 * Everything that we read before spa_remove_init() must be stored
3362 	 * on concreted vdevs.  Therefore we do this as early as possible.
3363 	 */
3364 	error = spa_remove_init(spa);
3365 	if (error != 0) {
3366 		spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_remove_init failed [error=%d]",
3367 		    error);
3368 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3369 	}
3370 
3371 	/*
3372 	 * Retrieve information needed to condense indirect vdev mappings.
3373 	 */
3374 	error = spa_condense_init(spa);
3375 	if (error != 0) {
3376 		spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_condense_init failed [error=%d]",
3377 		    error);
3378 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, error));
3379 	}
3380 
3381 	return (0);
3382 }
3383 
3384 static int
3385 spa_ld_check_features(spa_t *spa, boolean_t *missing_feat_writep)
3386 {
3387 	int error = 0;
3388 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3389 
3390 	if (spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
3391 		boolean_t missing_feat_read = B_FALSE;
3392 		nvlist_t *unsup_feat, *enabled_feat;
3393 
3394 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_READ,
3395 		    &spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj, B_TRUE) != 0) {
3396 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3397 		}
3398 
3399 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_WRITE,
3400 		    &spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj, B_TRUE) != 0) {
3401 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3402 		}
3403 
3404 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_DESCRIPTIONS,
3405 		    &spa->spa_feat_desc_obj, B_TRUE) != 0) {
3406 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3407 		}
3408 
3409 		enabled_feat = fnvlist_alloc();
3410 		unsup_feat = fnvlist_alloc();
3411 
3412 		if (!spa_features_check(spa, B_FALSE,
3413 		    unsup_feat, enabled_feat))
3414 			missing_feat_read = B_TRUE;
3415 
3416 		if (spa_writeable(spa) ||
3417 		    spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
3418 			if (!spa_features_check(spa, B_TRUE,
3419 			    unsup_feat, enabled_feat)) {
3420 				*missing_feat_writep = B_TRUE;
3421 			}
3422 		}
3423 
3424 		fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
3425 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_ENABLED_FEAT, enabled_feat);
3426 
3427 		if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) {
3428 			fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
3429 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat);
3430 		}
3431 
3432 		fnvlist_free(enabled_feat);
3433 		fnvlist_free(unsup_feat);
3434 
3435 		if (!missing_feat_read) {
3436 			fnvlist_add_boolean(spa->spa_load_info,
3437 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_CAN_RDONLY);
3438 		}
3439 
3440 		/*
3441 		 * If the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, our objective is
3442 		 * twofold: to determine whether the pool is available for
3443 		 * import in read-write mode and (if it is not) whether the
3444 		 * pool is available for import in read-only mode. If the pool
3445 		 * is available for import in read-write mode, it is displayed
3446 		 * as available in userland; if it is not available for import
3447 		 * in read-only mode, it is displayed as unavailable in
3448 		 * userland. If the pool is available for import in read-only
3449 		 * mode but not read-write mode, it is displayed as unavailable
3450 		 * in userland with a special note that the pool is actually
3451 		 * available for open in read-only mode.
3452 		 *
3453 		 * As a result, if the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT and we are
3454 		 * missing a feature for write, we must first determine whether
3455 		 * the pool can be opened read-only before returning to
3456 		 * userland in order to know whether to display the
3457 		 * abovementioned note.
3458 		 */
3459 		if (missing_feat_read || (*missing_feat_writep &&
3460 		    spa_writeable(spa))) {
3461 			spa_load_failed(spa, "pool uses unsupported features");
3462 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
3463 			    ENOTSUP));
3464 		}
3465 
3466 		/*
3467 		 * Load refcounts for ZFS features from disk into an in-memory
3468 		 * cache during SPA initialization.
3469 		 */
3470 		for (spa_feature_t i = 0; i < SPA_FEATURES; i++) {
3471 			uint64_t refcount;
3472 
3473 			error = feature_get_refcount_from_disk(spa,
3474 			    &spa_feature_table[i], &refcount);
3475 			if (error == 0) {
3476 				spa->spa_feat_refcount_cache[i] = refcount;
3477 			} else if (error == ENOTSUP) {
3478 				spa->spa_feat_refcount_cache[i] =
3479 				    SPA_FEATURE_DISABLED;
3480 			} else {
3481 				spa_load_failed(spa, "error getting refcount "
3482 				    "for feature %s [error=%d]",
3483 				    spa_feature_table[i].fi_guid, error);
3484 				return (spa_vdev_err(rvd,
3485 				    VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3486 			}
3487 		}
3488 	}
3489 
3490 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG)) {
3491 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG,
3492 		    &spa->spa_feat_enabled_txg_obj, B_TRUE) != 0)
3493 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3494 	}
3495 
3496 	return (0);
3497 }
3498 
3499 static int
3500 spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa_t *spa)
3501 {
3502 	int error = 0;
3503 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3504 
3505 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE;
3506 	error = dsl_pool_open(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
3507 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE;
3508 	if (error != 0) {
3509 		spa_load_failed(spa, "dsl_pool_open failed [error=%d]", error);
3510 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3511 	}
3512 
3513 	return (0);
3514 }
3515 
3516 static int
3517 spa_ld_get_props(spa_t *spa)
3518 {
3519 	int error = 0;
3520 	uint64_t obj;
3521 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3522 
3523 	/* Grab the secret checksum salt from the MOS. */
3524 	error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
3525 	    DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT, 1,
3526 	    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes),
3527 	    spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes);
3528 	if (error == ENOENT) {
3529 		/* Generate a new salt for subsequent use */
3530 		(void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes,
3531 		    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes));
3532 	} else if (error != 0) {
3533 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve checksum salt from "
3534 		    "MOS [error=%d]", error);
3535 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3536 	}
3537 
3538 	if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ, &obj, B_TRUE) != 0)
3539 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3540 	error = bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, spa->spa_meta_objset, obj);
3541 	if (error != 0) {
3542 		spa_load_failed(spa, "error opening deferred-frees bpobj "
3543 		    "[error=%d]", error);
3544 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3545 	}
3546 
3547 	/*
3548 	 * Load the bit that tells us to use the new accounting function
3549 	 * (raid-z deflation).  If we have an older pool, this will not
3550 	 * be present.
3551 	 */
3552 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE, &spa->spa_deflate, B_FALSE);
3553 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3554 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3555 
3556 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION,
3557 	    &spa->spa_creation_version, B_FALSE);
3558 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3559 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3560 
3561 	/*
3562 	 * Load the persistent error log.  If we have an older pool, this will
3563 	 * not be present.
3564 	 */
3565 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_LAST, &spa->spa_errlog_last,
3566 	    B_FALSE);
3567 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3568 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3569 
3570 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_SCRUB,
3571 	    &spa->spa_errlog_scrub, B_FALSE);
3572 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3573 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3574 
3575 	/*
3576 	 * Load the history object.  If we have an older pool, this
3577 	 * will not be present.
3578 	 */
3579 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_HISTORY, &spa->spa_history, B_FALSE);
3580 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3581 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3582 
3583 	/*
3584 	 * Load the per-vdev ZAP map. If we have an older pool, this will not
3585 	 * be present; in this case, defer its creation to a later time to
3586 	 * avoid dirtying the MOS this early / out of sync context. See
3587 	 * spa_sync_config_object.
3588 	 */
3589 
3590 	/* The sentinel is only available in the MOS config. */
3591 	nvlist_t *mos_config;
3592 	if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &mos_config) != 0) {
3593 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
3594 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3595 	}
3596 
3597 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP,
3598 	    &spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, B_FALSE);
3599 
3600 	if (error == ENOENT) {
3601 		VERIFY(!nvlist_exists(mos_config,
3602 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS));
3603 		spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE;
3604 		ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev));
3605 	} else if (error != 0) {
3606 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3607 	} else if (!nvlist_exists(mos_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS)) {
3608 		/*
3609 		 * An older version of ZFS overwrote the sentinel value, so
3610 		 * we have orphaned per-vdev ZAPs in the MOS. Defer their
3611 		 * destruction to later; see spa_sync_config_object.
3612 		 */
3613 		spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY;
3614 		/*
3615 		 * We're assuming that no vdevs have had their ZAPs created
3616 		 * before this. Better be sure of it.
3617 		 */
3618 		ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev));
3619 	}
3620 	nvlist_free(mos_config);
3621 
3622 	spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION);
3623 
3624 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_PROPS, &spa->spa_pool_props_object,
3625 	    B_FALSE);
3626 	if (error && error != ENOENT)
3627 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3628 
3629 	if (error == 0) {
3630 		uint64_t autoreplace;
3631 
3632 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS, &spa->spa_bootfs);
3633 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE, &autoreplace);
3634 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION, &spa->spa_delegation);
3635 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE, &spa->spa_failmode);
3636 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND, &spa->spa_autoexpand);
3637 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST, &spa->spa_multihost);
3638 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO,
3639 		    &spa->spa_dedup_ditto);
3640 
3641 		spa->spa_autoreplace = (autoreplace != 0);
3642 	}
3643 
3644 	/*
3645 	 * If we are importing a pool with missing top-level vdevs,
3646 	 * we enforce that the pool doesn't panic or get suspended on
3647 	 * error since the likelihood of missing data is extremely high.
3648 	 */
3649 	if (spa->spa_missing_tvds > 0 &&
3650 	    spa->spa_failmode != ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE &&
3651 	    spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
3652 		spa_load_note(spa, "forcing failmode to 'continue' "
3653 		    "as some top level vdevs are missing");
3654 		spa->spa_failmode = ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE;
3655 	}
3656 
3657 	return (0);
3658 }
3659 
3660 static int
3661 spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type)
3662 {
3663 	int error = 0;
3664 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3665 
3666 	/*
3667 	 * If we're assembling the pool from the split-off vdevs of
3668 	 * an existing pool, we don't want to attach the spares & cache
3669 	 * devices.
3670 	 */
3671 
3672 	/*
3673 	 * Load any hot spares for this pool.
3674 	 */
3675 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SPARES, &spa->spa_spares.sav_object,
3676 	    B_FALSE);
3677 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3678 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3679 	if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
3680 		ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES);
3681 		if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_object,
3682 		    &spa->spa_spares.sav_config) != 0) {
3683 			spa_load_failed(spa, "error loading spares nvlist");
3684 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3685 		}
3686 
3687 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3688 		spa_load_spares(spa);
3689 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3690 	} else if (error == 0) {
3691 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
3692 	}
3693 
3694 	/*
3695 	 * Load any level 2 ARC devices for this pool.
3696 	 */
3697 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE,
3698 	    &spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object, B_FALSE);
3699 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3700 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3701 	if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
3702 		ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE);
3703 		if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object,
3704 		    &spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) != 0) {
3705 			spa_load_failed(spa, "error loading l2cache nvlist");
3706 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3707 		}
3708 
3709 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3710 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
3711 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3712 	} else if (error == 0) {
3713 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
3714 	}
3715 
3716 	return (0);
3717 }
3718 
3719 static int
3720 spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa_t *spa)
3721 {
3722 	int error = 0;
3723 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3724 
3725 	/*
3726 	 * If the 'multihost' property is set, then never allow a pool to
3727 	 * be imported when the system hostid is zero.  The exception to
3728 	 * this rule is zdb which is always allowed to access pools.
3729 	 */
3730 	if (spa_multihost(spa) && spa_get_hostid() == 0 &&
3731 	    (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP) == 0) {
3732 		fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
3733 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID);
3734 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE, EREMOTEIO));
3735 	}
3736 
3737 	/*
3738 	 * If the 'autoreplace' property is set, then post a resource notifying
3739 	 * the ZFS DE that it should not issue any faults for unopenable
3740 	 * devices.  We also iterate over the vdevs, and post a sysevent for any
3741 	 * unopenable vdevs so that the normal autoreplace handler can take
3742 	 * over.
3743 	 */
3744 	if (spa->spa_autoreplace && spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
3745 		spa_check_removed(spa->spa_root_vdev);
3746 		/*
3747 		 * For the import case, this is done in spa_import(), because
3748 		 * at this point we're using the spare definitions from
3749 		 * the MOS config, not necessarily from the userland config.
3750 		 */
3751 		if (spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_IMPORT) {
3752 			spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares);
3753 			spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache);
3754 		}
3755 	}
3756 
3757 	/*
3758 	 * Load the vdev metadata such as metaslabs, DTLs, spacemap object, etc.
3759 	 */
3760 	error = vdev_load(rvd);
3761 	if (error != 0) {
3762 		spa_load_failed(spa, "vdev_load failed [error=%d]", error);
3763 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, error));
3764 	}
3765 
3766 	/*
3767 	 * Propagate the leaf DTLs we just loaded all the way up the vdev tree.
3768 	 */
3769 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3770 	vdev_dtl_reassess(rvd, 0, 0, B_FALSE);
3771 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3772 
3773 	return (0);
3774 }
3775 
3776 static int
3777 spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa_t *spa)
3778 {
3779 	int error = 0;
3780 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3781 
3782 	error = ddt_load(spa);
3783 	if (error != 0) {
3784 		spa_load_failed(spa, "ddt_load failed [error=%d]", error);
3785 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3786 	}
3787 
3788 	return (0);
3789 }
3790 
3791 static int
3792 spa_ld_verify_logs(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, char **ereport)
3793 {
3794 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3795 
3796 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE && spa_writeable(spa)) {
3797 		boolean_t missing = spa_check_logs(spa);
3798 		if (missing) {
3799 			if (spa->spa_missing_tvds != 0) {
3800 				spa_load_note(spa, "spa_check_logs failed "
3801 				    "so dropping the logs");
3802 			} else {
3803 				*ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_LOG_REPLAY;
3804 				spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_check_logs failed");
3805 				return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_LOG,
3806 				    ENXIO));
3807 			}
3808 		}
3809 	}
3810 
3811 	return (0);
3812 }
3813 
3814 static int
3815 spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa_t *spa)
3816 {
3817 	int error = 0;
3818 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3819 
3820 	/*
3821 	 * We've successfully opened the pool, verify that we're ready
3822 	 * to start pushing transactions.
3823 	 */
3824 	if (spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
3825 		error = spa_load_verify(spa);
3826 		if (error != 0) {
3827 			spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_load_verify failed "
3828 			    "[error=%d]", error);
3829 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
3830 			    error));
3831 		}
3832 	}
3833 
3834 	return (0);
3835 }
3836 
3837 static void
3838 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa_t *spa)
3839 {
3840 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
3841 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
3842 
3843 	/*
3844 	 * Claim log blocks that haven't been committed yet.
3845 	 * This must all happen in a single txg.
3846 	 * Note: spa_claim_max_txg is updated by spa_claim_notify(),
3847 	 * invoked from zil_claim_log_block()'s i/o done callback.
3848 	 * Price of rollback is that we abandon the log.
3849 	 */
3850 	spa->spa_claiming = B_TRUE;
3851 
3852 	tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, spa_first_txg(spa));
3853 	(void) dmu_objset_find_dp(dp, dp->dp_root_dir_obj,
3854 	    zil_claim, tx, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
3855 	dmu_tx_commit(tx);
3856 
3857 	spa->spa_claiming = B_FALSE;
3858 
3859 	spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_GOOD);
3860 }
3861 
3862 static void
3863 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa_t *spa, uint64_t config_cache_txg,
3864     boolean_t update_config_cache)
3865 {
3866 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3867 	int need_update = B_FALSE;
3868 
3869 	/*
3870 	 * If the config cache is stale, or we have uninitialized
3871 	 * metaslabs (see spa_vdev_add()), then update the config.
3872 	 *
3873 	 * If this is a verbatim import, trust the current
3874 	 * in-core spa_config and update the disk labels.
3875 	 */
3876 	if (update_config_cache || config_cache_txg != spa->spa_config_txg ||
3877 	    spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT ||
3878 	    spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER ||
3879 	    (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM))
3880 		need_update = B_TRUE;
3881 
3882 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++)
3883 		if (rvd->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ms_array == 0)
3884 			need_update = B_TRUE;
3885 
3886 	/*
3887 	 * Update the config cache asychronously in case we're the
3888 	 * root pool, in which case the config cache isn't writable yet.
3889 	 */
3890 	if (need_update)
3891 		spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE);
3892 }
3893 
3894 static void
3895 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa_t *spa)
3896 {
3897 	int mode = spa->spa_mode;
3898 	int async_suspended = spa->spa_async_suspended;
3899 
3900 	spa_unload(spa);
3901 	spa_deactivate(spa);
3902 	spa_activate(spa, mode);
3903 
3904 	/*
3905 	 * We save the value of spa_async_suspended as it gets reset to 0 by
3906 	 * spa_unload(). We want to restore it back to the original value before
3907 	 * returning as we might be calling spa_async_resume() later.
3908 	 */
3909 	spa->spa_async_suspended = async_suspended;
3910 }
3911 
3912 static int
3913 spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa_t *spa)
3914 {
3915 	uberblock_t checkpoint;
3916 	int error = 0;
3917 
3918 	ASSERT0(spa->spa_checkpoint_txg);
3919 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
3920 
3921 	error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
3922 	    DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT, sizeof (uint64_t),
3923 	    sizeof (uberblock_t) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint);
3924 
3925 	if (error == ENOENT)
3926 		return (0);
3927 
3928 	if (error != 0)
3929 		return (error);
3930 
3931 	ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_txg, !=, 0);
3932 	ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_checkpoint_txg, !=, 0);
3933 	ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_timestamp, !=, 0);
3934 	spa->spa_checkpoint_txg = checkpoint.ub_txg;
3935 	spa->spa_checkpoint_info.sci_timestamp = checkpoint.ub_timestamp;
3936 
3937 	return (0);
3938 }
3939 
3940 static int
3941 spa_ld_mos_init(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type)
3942 {
3943 	int error = 0;
3944 
3945 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
3946 	ASSERT(spa->spa_config_source != SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE);
3947 
3948 	/*
3949 	 * Never trust the config that is provided unless we are assembling
3950 	 * a pool following a split.
3951 	 * This means don't trust blkptrs and the vdev tree in general. This
3952 	 * also effectively puts the spa in read-only mode since
3953 	 * spa_writeable() checks for spa_trust_config to be true.
3954 	 * We will later load a trusted config from the MOS.
3955 	 */
3956 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE)
3957 		spa->spa_trust_config = B_FALSE;
3958 
3959 	/*
3960 	 * Parse the config provided to create a vdev tree.
3961 	 */
3962 	error = spa_ld_parse_config(spa, type);
3963 	if (error != 0)
3964 		return (error);
3965 
3966 	/*
3967 	 * Now that we have the vdev tree, try to open each vdev. This involves
3968 	 * opening the underlying physical device, retrieving its geometry and
3969 	 * probing the vdev with a dummy I/O. The state of each vdev will be set
3970 	 * based on the success of those operations. After this we'll be ready
3971 	 * to read from the vdevs.
3972 	 */
3973 	error = spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa);
3974 	if (error != 0)
3975 		return (error);
3976 
3977 	/*
3978 	 * Read the label of each vdev and make sure that the GUIDs stored
3979 	 * there match the GUIDs in the config provided.
3980 	 * If we're assembling a new pool that's been split off from an
3981 	 * existing pool, the labels haven't yet been updated so we skip
3982 	 * validation for now.
3983 	 */
3984 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
3985 		error = spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa);
3986 		if (error != 0)
3987 			return (error);
3988 	}
3989 
3990 	/*
3991 	 * Read all vdev labels to find the best uberblock (i.e. latest,
3992 	 * unless spa_load_max_txg is set) and store it in spa_uberblock. We
3993 	 * get the list of features required to read blkptrs in the MOS from
3994 	 * the vdev label with the best uberblock and verify that our version
3995 	 * of zfs supports them all.
3996 	 */
3997 	error = spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa, type);
3998 	if (error != 0)
3999 		return (error);
4000 
4001 	/*
4002 	 * Pass that uberblock to the dsl_pool layer which will open the root
4003 	 * blkptr. This blkptr points to the latest version of the MOS and will
4004 	 * allow us to read its contents.
4005 	 */
4006 	error = spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa);
4007 	if (error != 0)
4008 		return (error);
4009 
4010 	return (0);
4011 }
4012 
4013 static int
4014 spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa_t *spa)
4015 {
4016 	uberblock_t checkpoint;
4017 	int error = 0;
4018 
4019 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
4020 	ASSERT(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT);
4021 
4022 	error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
4023 	    DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT, sizeof (uint64_t),
4024 	    sizeof (uberblock_t) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint);
4025 
4026 	if (error != 0) {
4027 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve checkpointed "
4028 		    "uberblock from the MOS config [error=%d]", error);
4029 
4030 		if (error == ENOENT)
4031 			error = ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT;
4032 
4033 		return (error);
4034 	}
4035 
4036 	ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_txg, <, spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg);
4037 	ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_txg, ==, checkpoint.ub_checkpoint_txg);
4038 
4039 	/*
4040 	 * We need to update the txg and timestamp of the checkpointed
4041 	 * uberblock to be higher than the latest one. This ensures that
4042 	 * the checkpointed uberblock is selected if we were to close and
4043 	 * reopen the pool right after we've written it in the vdev labels.
4044 	 * (also see block comment in vdev_uberblock_compare)
4045 	 */
4046 	checkpoint.ub_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg + 1;
4047 	checkpoint.ub_timestamp = gethrestime_sec();
4048 
4049 	/*
4050 	 * Set current uberblock to be the checkpointed uberblock.
4051 	 */
4052 	spa->spa_uberblock = checkpoint;
4053 
4054 	/*
4055 	 * If we are doing a normal rewind, then the pool is open for
4056 	 * writing and we sync the "updated" checkpointed uberblock to
4057 	 * disk. Once this is done, we've basically rewound the whole
4058 	 * pool and there is no way back.
4059 	 *
4060 	 * There are cases when we don't want to attempt and sync the
4061 	 * checkpointed uberblock to disk because we are opening a
4062 	 * pool as read-only. Specifically, verifying the checkpointed
4063 	 * state with zdb, and importing the checkpointed state to get
4064 	 * a "preview" of its content.
4065 	 */
4066 	if (spa_writeable(spa)) {
4067 		vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4068 
4069 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4070 		vdev_t *svd[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS] = { NULL };
4071 		int svdcount = 0;
4072 		int children = rvd->vdev_children;
4073 		int c0 = spa_get_random(children);
4074 
4075 		for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
4076 			vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[(c0 + c) % children];
4077 
4078 			/* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
4079 			if (c > 0 && svd[0] == vd)
4080 				break;
4081 
4082 			if (vd->vdev_ms_array == 0 || vd->vdev_islog ||
4083 			    !vdev_is_concrete(vd))
4084 				continue;
4085 
4086 			svd[svdcount++] = vd;
4087 			if (svdcount == SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS)
4088 				break;
4089 		}
4090 		error = vdev_config_sync(svd, svdcount, spa->spa_first_txg);
4091 		if (error == 0)
4092 			spa->spa_last_synced_guid = rvd->vdev_guid;
4093 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4094 
4095 		if (error != 0) {
4096 			spa_load_failed(spa, "failed to write checkpointed "
4097 			    "uberblock to the vdev labels [error=%d]", error);
4098 			return (error);
4099 		}
4100 	}
4101 
4102 	return (0);
4103 }
4104 
4105 static int
4106 spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type,
4107     boolean_t *update_config_cache)
4108 {
4109 	int error;
4110 
4111 	/*
4112 	 * Parse the config for pool, open and validate vdevs,
4113 	 * select an uberblock, and use that uberblock to open
4114 	 * the MOS.
4115 	 */
4116 	error = spa_ld_mos_init(spa, type);
4117 	if (error != 0)
4118 		return (error);
4119 
4120 	/*
4121 	 * Retrieve the trusted config stored in the MOS and use it to create
4122 	 * a new, exact version of the vdev tree, then reopen all vdevs.
4123 	 */
4124 	error = spa_ld_trusted_config(spa, type, B_FALSE);
4125 	if (error == EAGAIN) {
4126 		if (update_config_cache != NULL)
4127 			*update_config_cache = B_TRUE;
4128 
4129 		/*
4130 		 * Redo the loading process with the trusted config if it is
4131 		 * too different from the untrusted config.
4132 		 */
4133 		spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa);
4134 		spa_load_note(spa, "RELOADING");
4135 		error = spa_ld_mos_init(spa, type);
4136 		if (error != 0)
4137 			return (error);
4138 
4139 		error = spa_ld_trusted_config(spa, type, B_TRUE);
4140 		if (error != 0)
4141 			return (error);
4142 
4143 	} else if (error != 0) {
4144 		return (error);
4145 	}
4146 
4147 	return (0);
4148 }
4149 
4150 /*
4151  * Load an existing storage pool, using the config provided. This config
4152  * describes which vdevs are part of the pool and is later validated against
4153  * partial configs present in each vdev's label and an entire copy of the
4154  * config stored in the MOS.
4155  */
4156 static int
4157 spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, char **ereport)
4158 {
4159 	int error = 0;
4160 	boolean_t missing_feat_write = B_FALSE;
4161 	boolean_t checkpoint_rewind =
4162 	    (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT);
4163 	boolean_t update_config_cache = B_FALSE;
4164 
4165 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
4166 	ASSERT(spa->spa_config_source != SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE);
4167 
4168 	spa_load_note(spa, "LOADING");
4169 
4170 	error = spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa, type, &update_config_cache);
4171 	if (error != 0)
4172 		return (error);
4173 
4174 	/*
4175 	 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint then we need to repeat
4176 	 * everything we've done so far in this function but this time
4177 	 * selecting the checkpointed uberblock and using that to open
4178 	 * the MOS.
4179 	 */
4180 	if (checkpoint_rewind) {
4181 		/*
4182 		 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint update config cache
4183 		 * anyway.
4184 		 */
4185 		update_config_cache = B_TRUE;
4186 
4187 		/*
4188 		 * Extract the checkpointed uberblock from the current MOS
4189 		 * and use this as the pool's uberblock from now on. If the
4190 		 * pool is imported as writeable we also write the checkpoint
4191 		 * uberblock to the labels, making the rewind permanent.
4192 		 */
4193 		error = spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa);
4194 		if (error != 0)
4195 			return (error);
4196 
4197 		/*
4198 		 * Redo the loading process process again with the
4199 		 * checkpointed uberblock.
4200 		 */
4201 		spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa);
4202 		spa_load_note(spa, "LOADING checkpointed uberblock");
4203 		error = spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa, type, NULL);
4204 		if (error != 0)
4205 			return (error);
4206 	}
4207 
4208 	/*
4209 	 * Retrieve the checkpoint txg if the pool has a checkpoint.
4210 	 */
4211 	error = spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa);
4212 	if (error != 0)
4213 		return (error);
4214 
4215 	/*
4216 	 * Retrieve the mapping of indirect vdevs. Those vdevs were removed
4217 	 * from the pool and their contents were re-mapped to other vdevs. Note
4218 	 * that everything that we read before this step must have been
4219 	 * rewritten on concrete vdevs after the last device removal was
4220 	 * initiated. Otherwise we could be reading from indirect vdevs before
4221 	 * we have loaded their mappings.
4222 	 */
4223 	error = spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa);
4224 	if (error != 0)
4225 		return (error);
4226 
4227 	/*
4228 	 * Retrieve the full list of active features from the MOS and check if
4229 	 * they are all supported.
4230 	 */
4231 	error = spa_ld_check_features(spa, &missing_feat_write);
4232 	if (error != 0)
4233 		return (error);
4234 
4235 	/*
4236 	 * Load several special directories from the MOS needed by the dsl_pool
4237 	 * layer.
4238 	 */
4239 	error = spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa);
4240 	if (error != 0)
4241 		return (error);
4242 
4243 	/*
4244 	 * Retrieve pool properties from the MOS.
4245 	 */
4246 	error = spa_ld_get_props(spa);
4247 	if (error != 0)
4248 		return (error);
4249 
4250 	/*
4251 	 * Retrieve the list of auxiliary devices - cache devices and spares -
4252 	 * and open them.
4253 	 */
4254 	error = spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa, type);
4255 	if (error != 0)
4256 		return (error);
4257 
4258 	/*
4259 	 * Load the metadata for all vdevs. Also check if unopenable devices
4260 	 * should be autoreplaced.
4261 	 */
4262 	error = spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa);
4263 	if (error != 0)
4264 		return (error);
4265 
4266 	error = spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa);
4267 	if (error != 0)
4268 		return (error);
4269 
4270 	/*
4271 	 * Verify the logs now to make sure we don't have any unexpected errors
4272 	 * when we claim log blocks later.
4273 	 */
4274 	error = spa_ld_verify_logs(spa, type, ereport);
4275 	if (error != 0)
4276 		return (error);
4277 
4278 	if (missing_feat_write) {
4279 		ASSERT(spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT);
4280 
4281 		/*
4282 		 * At this point, we know that we can open the pool in
4283 		 * read-only mode but not read-write mode. We now have enough
4284 		 * information and can return to userland.
4285 		 */
4286 		return (spa_vdev_err(spa->spa_root_vdev, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
4287 		    ENOTSUP));
4288 	}
4289 
4290 	/*
4291 	 * Traverse the last txgs to make sure the pool was left off in a safe
4292 	 * state. When performing an extreme rewind, we verify the whole pool,
4293 	 * which can take a very long time.
4294 	 */
4295 	error = spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa);
4296 	if (error != 0)
4297 		return (error);
4298 
4299 	/*
4300 	 * Calculate the deflated space for the pool. This must be done before
4301 	 * we write anything to the pool because we'd need to update the space
4302 	 * accounting using the deflated sizes.
4303 	 */
4304 	spa_update_dspace(spa);
4305 
4306 	/*
4307 	 * We have now retrieved all the information we needed to open the
4308 	 * pool. If we are importing the pool in read-write mode, a few
4309 	 * additional steps must be performed to finish the import.
4310 	 */
4311 	if (spa_writeable(spa) && (spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER ||
4312 	    spa->spa_load_max_txg == UINT64_MAX)) {
4313 		uint64_t config_cache_txg = spa->spa_config_txg;
4314 
4315 		ASSERT(spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT);
4316 
4317 		/*
4318 		 * In case of a checkpoint rewind, log the original txg
4319 		 * of the checkpointed uberblock.
4320 		 */
4321 		if (checkpoint_rewind) {
4322 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "checkpoint rewind",
4323 			    NULL, "rewound state to txg=%llu",
4324 			    (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_uberblock.ub_checkpoint_txg);
4325 		}
4326 
4327 		/*
4328 		 * Traverse the ZIL and claim all blocks.
4329 		 */
4330 		spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa);
4331 
4332 		/*
4333 		 * Kick-off the syncing thread.
4334 		 */
4335 		spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE;
4336 		txg_sync_start(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
4337 		mmp_thread_start(spa);
4338 
4339 		/*
4340 		 * Wait for all claims to sync.  We sync up to the highest
4341 		 * claimed log block birth time so that claimed log blocks
4342 		 * don't appear to be from the future.  spa_claim_max_txg
4343 		 * will have been set for us by ZIL traversal operations
4344 		 * performed above.
4345 		 */
4346 		txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, spa->spa_claim_max_txg);
4347 
4348 		/*
4349 		 * Check if we need to request an update of the config. On the
4350 		 * next sync, we would update the config stored in vdev labels
4351 		 * and the cachefile (by default /etc/zfs/zpool.cache).
4352 		 */
4353 		spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa, config_cache_txg,
4354 		    update_config_cache);
4355 
4356 		/*
4357 		 * Check all DTLs to see if anything needs resilvering.
4358 		 */
4359 		if (!dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool) &&
4360 		    vdev_resilver_needed(spa->spa_root_vdev, NULL, NULL))
4361 			spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER);
4362 
4363 		/*
4364 		 * Log the fact that we booted up (so that we can detect if
4365 		 * we rebooted in the middle of an operation).
4366 		 */
4367 		spa_history_log_version(spa, "open");
4368 
4369 		spa_restart_removal(spa);
4370 		spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa);
4371 
4372 		/*
4373 		 * Delete any inconsistent datasets.
4374 		 *
4375 		 * Note:
4376 		 * Since we may be issuing deletes for clones here,
4377 		 * we make sure to do so after we've spawned all the
4378 		 * auxiliary threads above (from which the livelist
4379 		 * deletion zthr is part of).
4380 		 */
4381 		(void) dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa),
4382 		    dsl_destroy_inconsistent, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
4383 
4384 		/*
4385 		 * Clean up any stale temporary dataset userrefs.
4386 		 */
4387 		dsl_pool_clean_tmp_userrefs(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
4388 
4389 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
4390 		vdev_initialize_restart(spa->spa_root_vdev);
4391 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
4392 	}
4393 
4394 	spa_load_note(spa, "LOADED");
4395 
4396 	return (0);
4397 }
4398 
4399 static int
4400 spa_load_retry(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state)
4401 {
4402 	int mode = spa->spa_mode;
4403 
4404 	spa_unload(spa);
4405 	spa_deactivate(spa);
4406 
4407 	spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg - 1;
4408 
4409 	spa_activate(spa, mode);
4410 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
4411 
4412 	spa_load_note(spa, "spa_load_retry: rewind, max txg: %llu",
4413 	    (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_load_max_txg);
4414 
4415 	return (spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING));
4416 }
4417 
4418 /*
4419  * If spa_load() fails this function will try loading prior txg's. If
4420  * 'state' is SPA_LOAD_RECOVER and one of these loads succeeds the pool
4421  * will be rewound to that txg. If 'state' is not SPA_LOAD_RECOVER this
4422  * function will not rewind the pool and will return the same error as
4423  * spa_load().
4424  */
4425 static int
4426 spa_load_best(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, uint64_t max_request,
4427     int rewind_flags)
4428 {
4429 	nvlist_t *loadinfo = NULL;
4430 	nvlist_t *config = NULL;
4431 	int load_error, rewind_error;
4432 	uint64_t safe_rewind_txg;
4433 	uint64_t min_txg;
4434 
4435 	if (spa->spa_load_txg && state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
4436 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_load_txg;
4437 		spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
4438 	} else {
4439 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = max_request;
4440 		if (max_request != UINT64_MAX)
4441 			spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
4442 	}
4443 
4444 	load_error = rewind_error = spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING);
4445 	if (load_error == 0)
4446 		return (0);
4447 	if (load_error == ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT) {
4448 		/*
4449 		 * When attempting checkpoint-rewind on a pool with no
4450 		 * checkpoint, we should not attempt to load uberblocks
4451 		 * from previous txgs when spa_load fails.
4452 		 */
4453 		ASSERT(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT);
4454 		return (load_error);
4455 	}
4456 
4457 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL)
4458 		config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
4459 
4460 	spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
4461 	spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp;
4462 
4463 	if (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND) {
4464 		nvlist_free(config);
4465 		return (load_error);
4466 	}
4467 
4468 	if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
4469 		/* Price of rolling back is discarding txgs, including log */
4470 		spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
4471 	} else {
4472 		/*
4473 		 * If we aren't rolling back save the load info from our first
4474 		 * import attempt so that we can restore it after attempting
4475 		 * to rewind.
4476 		 */
4477 		loadinfo = spa->spa_load_info;
4478 		spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc();
4479 	}
4480 
4481 	spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg;
4482 	safe_rewind_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg - TXG_DEFER_SIZE;
4483 	min_txg = (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_EXTREME_REWIND) ?
4484 	    TXG_INITIAL : safe_rewind_txg;
4485 
4486 	/*
4487 	 * Continue as long as we're finding errors, we're still within
4488 	 * the acceptable rewind range, and we're still finding uberblocks
4489 	 */
4490 	while (rewind_error && spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg >= min_txg &&
4491 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg <= spa->spa_load_max_txg) {
4492 		if (spa->spa_load_max_txg < safe_rewind_txg)
4493 			spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
4494 		rewind_error = spa_load_retry(spa, state);
4495 	}
4496 
4497 	spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_FALSE;
4498 	spa->spa_load_max_txg = UINT64_MAX;
4499 
4500 	if (config && (rewind_error || state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER))
4501 		spa_config_set(spa, config);
4502 	else
4503 		nvlist_free(config);
4504 
4505 	if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
4506 		ASSERT3P(loadinfo, ==, NULL);
4507 		return (rewind_error);
4508 	} else {
4509 		/* Store the rewind info as part of the initial load info */
4510 		fnvlist_add_nvlist(loadinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_INFO,
4511 		    spa->spa_load_info);
4512 
4513 		/* Restore the initial load info */
4514 		fnvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info);
4515 		spa->spa_load_info = loadinfo;
4516 
4517 		return (load_error);
4518 	}
4519 }
4520 
4521 /*
4522  * Pool Open/Import
4523  *
4524  * The import case is identical to an open except that the configuration is sent
4525  * down from userland, instead of grabbed from the configuration cache.  For the
4526  * case of an open, the pool configuration will exist in the
4527  * POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED state.
4528  *
4529  * The stats information (gen/count/ustats) is used to gather vdev statistics at
4530  * the same time open the pool, without having to keep around the spa_t in some
4531  * ambiguous state.
4532  */
4533 static int
4534 spa_open_common(const char *pool, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *nvpolicy,
4535     nvlist_t **config)
4536 {
4537 	spa_t *spa;
4538 	spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_OPEN;
4539 	int error;
4540 	int locked = B_FALSE;
4541 	int firstopen = B_FALSE;
4542 
4543 	*spapp = NULL;
4544 
4545 	/*
4546 	 * As disgusting as this is, we need to support recursive calls to this
4547 	 * function because dsl_dir_open() is called during spa_load(), and ends
4548 	 * up calling spa_open() again.  The real fix is to figure out how to
4549 	 * avoid dsl_dir_open() calling this in the first place.
4550 	 */
4551 	if (mutex_owner(&spa_namespace_lock) != curthread) {
4552 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4553 		locked = B_TRUE;
4554 	}
4555 
4556 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) {
4557 		if (locked)
4558 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4559 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
4560 	}
4561 
4562 	if (spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
4563 		zpool_load_policy_t policy;
4564 
4565 		firstopen = B_TRUE;
4566 
4567 		zpool_get_load_policy(nvpolicy ? nvpolicy : spa->spa_config,
4568 		    &policy);
4569 		if (policy.zlp_rewind & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND)
4570 			state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER;
4571 
4572 		spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global);
4573 
4574 		if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER)
4575 			spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
4576 		spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE;
4577 
4578 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_open_common: opening %s", pool);
4579 		error = spa_load_best(spa, state, policy.zlp_txg,
4580 		    policy.zlp_rewind);
4581 
4582 		if (error == EBADF) {
4583 			/*
4584 			 * If vdev_validate() returns failure (indicated by
4585 			 * EBADF), it indicates that one of the vdevs indicates
4586 			 * that the pool has been exported or destroyed.  If
4587 			 * this is the case, the config cache is out of sync and
4588 			 * we should remove the pool from the namespace.
4589 			 */
4590 			spa_unload(spa);
4591 			spa_deactivate(spa);
4592 			spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE);
4593 			spa_remove(spa);
4594 			if (locked)
4595 				mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4596 			return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
4597 		}
4598 
4599 		if (error) {
4600 			/*
4601 			 * We can't open the pool, but we still have useful
4602 			 * information: the state of each vdev after the
4603 			 * attempted vdev_open().  Return this to the user.
4604 			 */
4605 			if (config != NULL && spa->spa_config) {
4606 				VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, config,
4607 				    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4608 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config,
4609 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
4610 				    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
4611 			}
4612 			spa_unload(spa);
4613 			spa_deactivate(spa);
4614 			spa->spa_last_open_failed = error;
4615 			if (locked)
4616 				mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4617 			*spapp = NULL;
4618 			return (error);
4619 		}
4620 	}
4621 
4622 	spa_open_ref(spa, tag);
4623 
4624 	if (config != NULL)
4625 		*config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
4626 
4627 	/*
4628 	 * If we've recovered the pool, pass back any information we
4629 	 * gathered while doing the load.
4630 	 */
4631 	if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
4632 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
4633 		    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
4634 	}
4635 
4636 	if (locked) {
4637 		spa->spa_last_open_failed = 0;
4638 		spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = 0;
4639 		spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
4640 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4641 #ifdef __FreeBSD__
4642 #ifdef _KERNEL
4643 		if (firstopen)
4644 			zvol_create_minors(spa, spa->spa_name);
4645 #endif
4646 #endif
4647 	}
4648 
4649 	*spapp = spa;
4650 
4651 	return (0);
4652 }
4653 
4654 int
4655 spa_open_rewind(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *policy,
4656     nvlist_t **config)
4657 {
4658 	return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, policy, config));
4659 }
4660 
4661 int
4662 spa_open(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag)
4663 {
4664 	return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, NULL, NULL));
4665 }
4666 
4667 /*
4668  * Lookup the given spa_t, incrementing the inject count in the process,
4669  * preventing it from being exported or destroyed.
4670  */
4671 spa_t *
4672 spa_inject_addref(char *name)
4673 {
4674 	spa_t *spa;
4675 
4676 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4677 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(name)) == NULL) {
4678 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4679 		return (NULL);
4680 	}
4681 	spa->spa_inject_ref++;
4682 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4683 
4684 	return (spa);
4685 }
4686 
4687 void
4688 spa_inject_delref(spa_t *spa)
4689 {
4690 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4691 	spa->spa_inject_ref--;
4692 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4693 }
4694 
4695 /*
4696  * Add spares device information to the nvlist.
4697  */
4698 static void
4699 spa_add_spares(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
4700 {
4701 	nvlist_t **spares;
4702 	uint_t i, nspares;
4703 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
4704 	uint64_t guid;
4705 	vdev_stat_t *vs;
4706 	uint_t vsc;
4707 	uint64_t pool;
4708 
4709 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
4710 
4711 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_count == 0)
4712 		return;
4713 
4714 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config,
4715 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot) == 0);
4716 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
4717 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
4718 	if (nspares != 0) {
4719 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot,
4720 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
4721 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot,
4722 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
4723 
4724 		/*
4725 		 * Go through and find any spares which have since been
4726 		 * repurposed as an active spare.  If this is the case, update
4727 		 * their status appropriately.
4728 		 */
4729 		for (i = 0; i < nspares; i++) {
4730 			VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(spares[i],
4731 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, &guid) == 0);
4732 			if (spa_spare_exists(guid, &pool, NULL) &&
4733 			    pool != 0ULL) {
4734 				VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(
4735 				    spares[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS,
4736 				    (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc) == 0);
4737 				vs->vs_state = VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN;
4738 				vs->vs_aux = VDEV_AUX_SPARED;
4739 			}
4740 		}
4741 	}
4742 }
4743 
4744 /*
4745  * Add l2cache device information to the nvlist, including vdev stats.
4746  */
4747 static void
4748 spa_add_l2cache(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
4749 {
4750 	nvlist_t **l2cache;
4751 	uint_t i, j, nl2cache;
4752 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
4753 	uint64_t guid;
4754 	vdev_t *vd;
4755 	vdev_stat_t *vs;
4756 	uint_t vsc;
4757 
4758 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
4759 
4760 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count == 0)
4761 		return;
4762 
4763 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config,
4764 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot) == 0);
4765 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
4766 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
4767 	if (nl2cache != 0) {
4768 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot,
4769 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
4770 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot,
4771 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
4772 
4773 		/*
4774 		 * Update level 2 cache device stats.
4775 		 */
4776 
4777 		for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) {
4778 			VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i],
4779 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, &guid) == 0);
4780 
4781 			vd = NULL;
4782 			for (j = 0; j < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; j++) {
4783 				if (guid ==
4784 				    spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j]->vdev_guid) {
4785 					vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j];
4786 					break;
4787 				}
4788 			}
4789 			ASSERT(vd != NULL);
4790 
4791 			VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(l2cache[i],
4792 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS, (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc)
4793 			    == 0);
4794 			vdev_get_stats(vd, vs);
4795 		}
4796 	}
4797 }
4798 
4799 static void
4800 spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *features)
4801 {
4802 	zap_cursor_t zc;
4803 	zap_attribute_t za;
4804 
4805 	/* We may be unable to read features if pool is suspended. */
4806 	if (spa_suspended(spa))
4807 		return;
4808 
4809 	if (spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj != 0) {
4810 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
4811 		    spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj);
4812 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
4813 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
4814 			ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) &&
4815 			    za.za_num_integers == 1);
4816 			VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name,
4817 			    za.za_first_integer));
4818 		}
4819 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
4820 	}
4821 
4822 	if (spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj != 0) {
4823 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
4824 		    spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj);
4825 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
4826 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
4827 			ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) &&
4828 			    za.za_num_integers == 1);
4829 			VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name,
4830 			    za.za_first_integer));
4831 		}
4832 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
4833 	}
4834 }
4835 
4836 static void
4837 spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *features)
4838 {
4839 	int i;
4840 
4841 	for (i = 0; i < SPA_FEATURES; i++) {
4842 		zfeature_info_t feature = spa_feature_table[i];
4843 		uint64_t refcount;
4844 
4845 		if (feature_get_refcount(spa, &feature, &refcount) != 0)
4846 			continue;
4847 
4848 		VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features, feature.fi_guid, refcount));
4849 	}
4850 }
4851 
4852 /*
4853  * Store a list of pool features and their reference counts in the
4854  * config.
4855  *
4856  * The first time this is called on a spa, allocate a new nvlist, fetch
4857  * the pool features and reference counts from disk, then save the list
4858  * in the spa. In subsequent calls on the same spa use the saved nvlist
4859  * and refresh its values from the cached reference counts.  This
4860  * ensures we don't block here on I/O on a suspended pool so 'zpool
4861  * clear' can resume the pool.
4862  */
4863 static void
4864 spa_add_feature_stats(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
4865 {
4866 	nvlist_t *features;
4867 
4868 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
4869 
4870 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_feat_stats_lock);
4871 	features = spa->spa_feat_stats;
4872 
4873 	if (features != NULL) {
4874 		spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa, features);
4875 	} else {
4876 		VERIFY0(nvlist_alloc(&features, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP));
4877 		spa->spa_feat_stats = features;
4878 		spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa, features);
4879 	}
4880 
4881 	VERIFY0(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURE_STATS,
4882 	    features));
4883 
4884 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_feat_stats_lock);
4885 }
4886 
4887 int
4888 spa_get_stats(const char *name, nvlist_t **config,
4889     char *altroot, size_t buflen)
4890 {
4891 	int error;
4892 	spa_t *spa;
4893 
4894 	*config = NULL;
4895 	error = spa_open_common(name, &spa, FTAG, NULL, config);
4896 
4897 	if (spa != NULL) {
4898 		/*
4899 		 * This still leaves a window of inconsistency where the spares
4900 		 * or l2cache devices could change and the config would be
4901 		 * self-inconsistent.
4902 		 */
4903 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
4904 
4905 		if (*config != NULL) {
4906 			uint64_t loadtimes[2];
4907 
4908 			loadtimes[0] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec;
4909 			loadtimes[1] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec;
4910 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(*config,
4911 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOADED_TIME, loadtimes, 2) == 0);
4912 
4913 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config,
4914 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRCOUNT,
4915 			    spa_get_errlog_size(spa)) == 0);
4916 
4917 			if (spa_suspended(spa)) {
4918 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config,
4919 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED,
4920 				    spa->spa_failmode) == 0);
4921 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config,
4922 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED_REASON,
4923 				    spa->spa_suspended) == 0);
4924 			}
4925 
4926 			spa_add_spares(spa, *config);
4927 			spa_add_l2cache(spa, *config);
4928 			spa_add_feature_stats(spa, *config);
4929 		}
4930 	}
4931 
4932 	/*
4933 	 * We want to get the alternate root even for faulted pools, so we cheat
4934 	 * and call spa_lookup() directly.
4935 	 */
4936 	if (altroot) {
4937 		if (spa == NULL) {
4938 			mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4939 			spa = spa_lookup(name);
4940 			if (spa)
4941 				spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen);
4942 			else
4943 				altroot[0] = '\0';
4944 			spa = NULL;
4945 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4946 		} else {
4947 			spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen);
4948 		}
4949 	}
4950 
4951 	if (spa != NULL) {
4952 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
4953 		spa_close(spa, FTAG);
4954 	}
4955 
4956 	return (error);
4957 }
4958 
4959 /*
4960  * Validate that the auxiliary device array is well formed.  We must have an
4961  * array of nvlists, each which describes a valid leaf vdev.  If this is an
4962  * import (mode is VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE), then we allow corrupted spares to be
4963  * specified, as long as they are well-formed.
4964  */
4965 static int
4966 spa_validate_aux_devs(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode,
4967     spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, const char *config, uint64_t version,
4968     vdev_labeltype_t label)
4969 {
4970 	nvlist_t **dev;
4971 	uint_t i, ndev;
4972 	vdev_t *vd;
4973 	int error;
4974 
4975 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
4976 
4977 	/*
4978 	 * It's acceptable to have no devs specified.
4979 	 */
4980 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, &dev, &ndev) != 0)
4981 		return (0);
4982 
4983 	if (ndev == 0)
4984 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
4985 
4986 	/*
4987 	 * Make sure the pool is formatted with a version that supports this
4988 	 * device type.
4989 	 */
4990 	if (spa_version(spa) < version)
4991 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
4992 
4993 	/*
4994 	 * Set the pending device list so we correctly handle device in-use
4995 	 * checking.
4996 	 */
4997 	sav->sav_pending = dev;
4998 	sav->sav_npending = ndev;
4999 
5000 	for (i = 0; i < ndev; i++) {
5001 		if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, dev[i], NULL, 0,
5002 		    mode)) != 0)
5003 			goto out;
5004 
5005 		if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
5006 			vdev_free(vd);
5007 			error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
5008 			goto out;
5009 		}
5010 
5011 		vd->vdev_top = vd;
5012 
5013 		if ((error = vdev_open(vd)) == 0 &&
5014 		    (error = vdev_label_init(vd, crtxg, label)) == 0) {
5015 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(dev[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
5016 			    vd->vdev_guid) == 0);
5017 		}
5018 
5019 		vdev_free(vd);
5020 
5021 		if (error &&
5022 		    (mode != VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE && mode != VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE))
5023 			goto out;
5024 		else
5025 			error = 0;
5026 	}
5027 
5028 out:
5029 	sav->sav_pending = NULL;
5030 	sav->sav_npending = 0;
5031 	return (error);
5032 }
5033 
5034 static int
5035 spa_validate_aux(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode)
5036 {
5037 	int error;
5038 
5039 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
5040 
5041 	if ((error = spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode,
5042 	    &spa->spa_spares, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, SPA_VERSION_SPARES,
5043 	    VDEV_LABEL_SPARE)) != 0) {
5044 		return (error);
5045 	}
5046 
5047 	return (spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode,
5048 	    &spa->spa_l2cache, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE,
5049 	    VDEV_LABEL_L2CACHE));
5050 }
5051 
5052 static void
5053 spa_set_aux_vdevs(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, nvlist_t **devs, int ndevs,
5054     const char *config)
5055 {
5056 	int i;
5057 
5058 	if (sav->sav_config != NULL) {
5059 		nvlist_t **olddevs;
5060 		uint_t oldndevs;
5061 		nvlist_t **newdevs;
5062 
5063 		/*
5064 		 * Generate new dev list by concatentating with the
5065 		 * current dev list.
5066 		 */
5067 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config,
5068 		    &olddevs, &oldndevs) == 0);
5069 
5070 		newdevs = kmem_alloc(sizeof (void *) *
5071 		    (ndevs + oldndevs), KM_SLEEP);
5072 		for (i = 0; i < oldndevs; i++)
5073 			VERIFY(nvlist_dup(olddevs[i], &newdevs[i],
5074 			    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5075 		for (i = 0; i < ndevs; i++)
5076 			VERIFY(nvlist_dup(devs[i], &newdevs[i + oldndevs],
5077 			    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5078 
5079 		VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, config,
5080 		    DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
5081 
5082 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
5083 		    config, newdevs, ndevs + oldndevs) == 0);
5084 		for (i = 0; i < oldndevs + ndevs; i++)
5085 			nvlist_free(newdevs[i]);
5086 		kmem_free(newdevs, (oldndevs + ndevs) * sizeof (void *));
5087 	} else {
5088 		/*
5089 		 * Generate a new dev list.
5090 		 */
5091 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&sav->sav_config, NV_UNIQUE_NAME,
5092 		    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5093 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config,
5094 		    devs, ndevs) == 0);
5095 	}
5096 }
5097 
5098 /*
5099  * Stop and drop level 2 ARC devices
5100  */
5101 void
5102 spa_l2cache_drop(spa_t *spa)
5103 {
5104 	vdev_t *vd;
5105 	int i;
5106 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache;
5107 
5108 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) {
5109 		uint64_t pool;
5110 
5111 		vd = sav->sav_vdevs[i];
5112 		ASSERT(vd != NULL);
5113 
5114 		if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) &&
5115 		    pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd))
5116 			l2arc_remove_vdev(vd);
5117 	}
5118 }
5119 
5120 /*
5121  * Pool Creation
5122  */
5123 int
5124 spa_create(const char *pool, nvlist_t *nvroot, nvlist_t *props,
5125     nvlist_t *zplprops)
5126 {
5127 	spa_t *spa;
5128 	char *altroot = NULL;
5129 	vdev_t *rvd;
5130 	dsl_pool_t *dp;
5131 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
5132 	int error = 0;
5133 	uint64_t txg = TXG_INITIAL;
5134 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
5135 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
5136 	uint64_t version, obj;
5137 	boolean_t has_features;
5138 	char *poolname;
5139 	nvlist_t *nvl;
5140 
5141 	if (props == NULL ||
5142 	    nvlist_lookup_string(props,
5143 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_TNAME), &poolname) != 0)
5144 		poolname = (char *)pool;
5145 
5146 	/*
5147 	 * If this pool already exists, return failure.
5148 	 */
5149 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5150 	if (spa_lookup(poolname) != NULL) {
5151 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5152 		return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
5153 	}
5154 
5155 	/*
5156 	 * Allocate a new spa_t structure.
5157 	 */
5158 	nvl = fnvlist_alloc();
5159 	fnvlist_add_string(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, pool);
5160 	(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
5161 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
5162 	spa = spa_add(poolname, nvl, altroot);
5163 	fnvlist_free(nvl);
5164 	spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global);
5165 
5166 	if (props && (error = spa_prop_validate(spa, props))) {
5167 		spa_deactivate(spa);
5168 		spa_remove(spa);
5169 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5170 		return (error);
5171 	}
5172 
5173 	/*
5174 	 * Temporary pool names should never be written to disk.
5175 	 */
5176 	if (poolname != pool)
5177 		spa->spa_import_flags |= ZFS_IMPORT_TEMP_NAME;
5178 
5179 	has_features = B_FALSE;
5180 	for (nvpair_t *elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, NULL);
5181 	    elem != NULL; elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) {
5182 		if (zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)))
5183 			has_features = B_TRUE;
5184 	}
5185 
5186 	if (has_features || nvlist_lookup_uint64(props,
5187 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION), &version) != 0) {
5188 		version = SPA_VERSION;
5189 	}
5190 	ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version));
5191 
5192 	spa->spa_first_txg = txg;
5193 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg = txg - 1;
5194 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
5195 	spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
5196 	spa->spa_load_state = SPA_LOAD_CREATE;
5197 	spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_state = DSS_NONE;
5198 	spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_removing_vdev = -1;
5199 	spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_prev_indirect_vdev = -1;
5200 	spa->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded = B_TRUE;
5201 
5202 	/*
5203 	 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
5204 	 */
5205 	spa->spa_async_zio_root = kmem_alloc(max_ncpus * sizeof (void *),
5206 	    KM_SLEEP);
5207 	for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) {
5208 		spa->spa_async_zio_root[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
5209 		    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE |
5210 		    ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER);
5211 	}
5212 
5213 	/*
5214 	 * Create the root vdev.
5215 	 */
5216 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5217 
5218 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvroot, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD);
5219 
5220 	ASSERT(error != 0 || rvd != NULL);
5221 	ASSERT(error != 0 || spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd);
5222 
5223 	if (error == 0 && !zfs_allocatable_devs(nvroot))
5224 		error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
5225 
5226 	if (error == 0 &&
5227 	    (error = vdev_create(rvd, txg, B_FALSE)) == 0 &&
5228 	    (error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg,
5229 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) == 0) {
5230 		/*
5231 		 * instantiate the metaslab groups (this will dirty the vdevs)
5232 		 * we can no longer error exit past this point
5233 		 */
5234 		for (int c = 0; error == 0 && c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
5235 			vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
5236 
5237 			vdev_ashift_optimize(vd);
5238 			vdev_metaslab_set_size(vd);
5239 			vdev_expand(vd, txg);
5240 		}
5241 	}
5242 
5243 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5244 
5245 	if (error != 0) {
5246 		spa_unload(spa);
5247 		spa_deactivate(spa);
5248 		spa_remove(spa);
5249 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5250 		return (error);
5251 	}
5252 
5253 	/*
5254 	 * Get the list of spares, if specified.
5255 	 */
5256 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
5257 	    &spares, &nspares) == 0) {
5258 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_spares.sav_config, NV_UNIQUE_NAME,
5259 		    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5260 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
5261 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
5262 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5263 		spa_load_spares(spa);
5264 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5265 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
5266 	}
5267 
5268 	/*
5269 	 * Get the list of level 2 cache devices, if specified.
5270 	 */
5271 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
5272 	    &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) {
5273 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5274 		    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5275 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5276 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
5277 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5278 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
5279 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5280 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
5281 	}
5282 
5283 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE;
5284 	spa->spa_dsl_pool = dp = dsl_pool_create(spa, zplprops, txg);
5285 	spa->spa_meta_objset = dp->dp_meta_objset;
5286 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE;
5287 
5288 	/*
5289 	 * Create DDTs (dedup tables).
5290 	 */
5291 	ddt_create(spa);
5292 
5293 	spa_update_dspace(spa);
5294 
5295 	tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg);
5296 
5297 	/*
5298 	 * Create the pool config object.
5299 	 */
5300 	spa->spa_config_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset,
5301 	    DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE,
5302 	    DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE, sizeof (uint64_t), tx);
5303 
5304 	if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
5305 	    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CONFIG,
5306 	    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_config_object, tx) != 0) {
5307 		cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool config");
5308 	}
5309 
5310 	if (spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES)
5311 		spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa, tx);
5312 
5313 	if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
5314 	    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION,
5315 	    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &version, tx) != 0) {
5316 		cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool version");
5317 	}
5318 
5319 	/* Newly created pools with the right version are always deflated. */
5320 	if (version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) {
5321 		spa->spa_deflate = TRUE;
5322 		if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
5323 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE,
5324 		    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx) != 0) {
5325 			cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add deflate");
5326 		}
5327 	}
5328 
5329 	/*
5330 	 * Create the deferred-free bpobj.  Turn off compression
5331 	 * because sync-to-convergence takes longer if the blocksize
5332 	 * keeps changing.
5333 	 */
5334 	obj = bpobj_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset, 1 << 14, tx);
5335 	dmu_object_set_compress(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj,
5336 	    ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF, tx);
5337 	if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
5338 	    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ,
5339 	    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &obj, tx) != 0) {
5340 		cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add bpobj");
5341 	}
5342 	VERIFY3U(0, ==, bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj,
5343 	    spa->spa_meta_objset, obj));
5344 
5345 	/*
5346 	 * Create the pool's history object.
5347 	 */
5348 	if (version >= SPA_VERSION_ZPOOL_HISTORY)
5349 		spa_history_create_obj(spa, tx);
5350 
5351 	/*
5352 	 * Generate some random noise for salted checksums to operate on.
5353 	 */
5354 	(void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes,
5355 	    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes));
5356 
5357 	/*
5358 	 * Set pool properties.
5359 	 */
5360 	spa->spa_bootfs = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS);
5361 	spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION);
5362 	spa->spa_failmode = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE);
5363 	spa->spa_autoexpand = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND);
5364 	spa->spa_multihost = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST);
5365 
5366 	if (props != NULL) {
5367 		spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
5368 		spa_sync_props(props, tx);
5369 	}
5370 
5371 	dmu_tx_commit(tx);
5372 
5373 	spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE;
5374 	txg_sync_start(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
5375 	mmp_thread_start(spa);
5376 
5377 	/*
5378 	 * We explicitly wait for the first transaction to complete so that our
5379 	 * bean counters are appropriately updated.
5380 	 */
5381 	txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, txg);
5382 
5383 	spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa);
5384 
5385 	spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
5386 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_CREATE);
5387 
5388 	spa_history_log_version(spa, "create");
5389 
5390 	/*
5391 	 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
5392 	 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
5393 	 */
5394 	spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
5395 	spa->spa_minref = zfs_refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount);
5396 	spa->spa_load_state = SPA_LOAD_NONE;
5397 
5398 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5399 
5400 	return (0);
5401 }
5402 
5403 #ifdef _KERNEL
5404 #ifdef illumos
5405 /*
5406  * Get the root pool information from the root disk, then import the root pool
5407  * during the system boot up time.
5408  */
5409 extern int vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(char *, char *, nvlist_t **);
5410 
5411 static nvlist_t *
5412 spa_generate_rootconf(char *devpath, char *devid, uint64_t *guid)
5413 {
5414 	nvlist_t *config;
5415 	nvlist_t *nvtop, *nvroot;
5416 	uint64_t pgid;
5417 
5418 	if (vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(devpath, devid, &config) != 0)
5419 		return (NULL);
5420 
5421 	/*
5422 	 * Add this top-level vdev to the child array.
5423 	 */
5424 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
5425 	    &nvtop) == 0);
5426 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
5427 	    &pgid) == 0);
5428 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, guid) == 0);
5429 
5430 	/*
5431 	 * Put this pool's top-level vdevs into a root vdev.
5432 	 */
5433 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5434 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
5435 	    VDEV_TYPE_ROOT) == 0);
5436 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID, 0ULL) == 0);
5437 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, pgid) == 0);
5438 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
5439 	    &nvtop, 1) == 0);
5440 
5441 	/*
5442 	 * Replace the existing vdev_tree with the new root vdev in
5443 	 * this pool's configuration (remove the old, add the new).
5444 	 */
5445 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, nvroot) == 0);
5446 	nvlist_free(nvroot);
5447 	return (config);
5448 }
5449 
5450 /*
5451  * Walk the vdev tree and see if we can find a device with "better"
5452  * configuration. A configuration is "better" if the label on that
5453  * device has a more recent txg.
5454  */
5455 static void
5456 spa_alt_rootvdev(vdev_t *vd, vdev_t **avd, uint64_t *txg)
5457 {
5458 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
5459 		spa_alt_rootvdev(vd->vdev_child[c], avd, txg);
5460 
5461 	if (vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
5462 		nvlist_t *label;
5463 		uint64_t label_txg;
5464 
5465 		if (vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(vd->vdev_physpath, vd->vdev_devid,
5466 		    &label) != 0)
5467 			return;
5468 
5469 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
5470 		    &label_txg) == 0);
5471 
5472 		/*
5473 		 * Do we have a better boot device?
5474 		 */
5475 		if (label_txg > *txg) {
5476 			*txg = label_txg;
5477 			*avd = vd;
5478 		}
5479 		nvlist_free(label);
5480 	}
5481 }
5482 
5483 /*
5484  * Import a root pool.
5485  *
5486  * For x86. devpath_list will consist of devid and/or physpath name of
5487  * the vdev (e.g. "id1,sd@SSEAGATE..." or "/pci@1f,0/ide@d/disk@0,0:a").
5488  * The GRUB "findroot" command will return the vdev we should boot.
5489  *
5490  * For Sparc, devpath_list consists the physpath name of the booting device
5491  * no matter the rootpool is a single device pool or a mirrored pool.
5492  * e.g.
5493  *	"/pci@1f,0/ide@d/disk@0,0:a"
5494  */
5495 int
5496 spa_import_rootpool(char *devpath, char *devid)
5497 {
5498 	spa_t *spa;
5499 	vdev_t *rvd, *bvd, *avd = NULL;
5500 	nvlist_t *config, *nvtop;
5501 	uint64_t guid, txg;
5502 	char *pname;
5503 	int error;
5504 
5505 	/*
5506 	 * Read the label from the boot device and generate a configuration.
5507 	 */
5508 	config = spa_generate_rootconf(devpath, devid, &guid);
5509 #if defined(_OBP) && defined(_KERNEL)
5510 	if (config == NULL) {
5511 		if (strstr(devpath, "/iscsi/ssd") != NULL) {
5512 			/* iscsi boot */
5513 			get_iscsi_bootpath_phy(devpath);
5514 			config = spa_generate_rootconf(devpath, devid, &guid);
5515 		}
5516 	}
5517 #endif
5518 	if (config == NULL) {
5519 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Cannot read the pool label from '%s'",
5520 		    devpath);
5521 		return (SET_ERROR(EIO));
5522 	}
5523 
5524 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
5525 	    &pname) == 0);
5526 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG, &txg) == 0);
5527 
5528 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5529 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(pname)) != NULL) {
5530 		/*
5531 		 * Remove the existing root pool from the namespace so that we
5532 		 * can replace it with the correct config we just read in.
5533 		 */
5534 		spa_remove(spa);
5535 	}
5536 
5537 	spa = spa_add(pname, config, NULL);
5538 	spa->spa_is_root = B_TRUE;
5539 	spa->spa_import_flags = ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM;
5540 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
5541 	    &spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0)
5542 		spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL;
5543 
5544 	/*
5545 	 * Build up a vdev tree based on the boot device's label config.
5546 	 */
5547 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
5548 	    &nvtop) == 0);
5549 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5550 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtop, NULL, 0,
5551 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ROOTPOOL);
5552 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5553 	if (error) {
5554 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5555 		nvlist_free(config);
5556 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not parse the config for pool '%s'",
5557 		    pname);
5558 		return (error);
5559 	}
5560 
5561 	/*
5562 	 * Get the boot vdev.
5563 	 */
5564 	if ((bvd = vdev_lookup_by_guid(rvd, guid)) == NULL) {
5565 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not find the boot vdev for guid %llu",
5566 		    (u_longlong_t)guid);
5567 		error = SET_ERROR(ENOENT);
5568 		goto out;
5569 	}
5570 
5571 	/*
5572 	 * Determine if there is a better boot device.
5573 	 */
5574 	avd = bvd;
5575 	spa_alt_rootvdev(rvd, &avd, &txg);
5576 	if (avd != bvd) {
5577 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "The boot device is 'degraded'. Please "
5578 		    "try booting from '%s'", avd->vdev_path);
5579 		error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
5580 		goto out;
5581 	}
5582 
5583 	/*
5584 	 * If the boot device is part of a spare vdev then ensure that
5585 	 * we're booting off the active spare.
5586 	 */
5587 	if (bvd->vdev_parent->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
5588 	    !bvd->vdev_isspare) {
5589 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "The boot device is currently spared. Please "
5590 		    "try booting from '%s'",
5591 		    bvd->vdev_parent->
5592 		    vdev_child[bvd->vdev_parent->vdev_children - 1]->vdev_path);
5593 		error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
5594 		goto out;
5595 	}
5596 
5597 	error = 0;
5598 out:
5599 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5600 	vdev_free(rvd);
5601 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5602 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5603 
5604 	nvlist_free(config);
5605 	return (error);
5606 }
5607 
5608 #else	/* !illumos */
5609 
5610 extern int vdev_geom_read_pool_label(const char *name, nvlist_t ***configs,
5611     uint64_t *count);
5612 
5613 static nvlist_t *
5614 spa_generate_rootconf(const char *name)
5615 {
5616 	nvlist_t **configs, **tops;
5617 	nvlist_t *config;
5618 	nvlist_t *best_cfg, *nvtop, *nvroot;
5619 	uint64_t *holes;
5620 	uint64_t best_txg;
5621 	uint64_t nchildren;
5622 	uint64_t pgid;
5623 	uint64_t count;
5624 	uint64_t i;
5625 	uint_t   nholes;
5626 
5627 	if (vdev_geom_read_pool_label(name, &configs, &count) != 0)
5628 		return (NULL);
5629 
5630 	ASSERT3U(count, !=, 0);
5631 	best_txg = 0;
5632 	for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
5633 		uint64_t txg;
5634 
5635 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(configs[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
5636 		    &txg) == 0);
5637 		if (txg > best_txg) {
5638 			best_txg = txg;
5639 			best_cfg = configs[i];
5640 		}
5641 	}
5642 
5643 	nchildren = 1;
5644 	nvlist_lookup_uint64(best_cfg, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_CHILDREN, &nchildren);
5645 	holes = NULL;
5646 	nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(best_cfg, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOLE_ARRAY,
5647 	    &holes, &nholes);
5648 
5649 	tops = kmem_zalloc(nchildren * sizeof(void *), KM_SLEEP);
5650 	for (i = 0; i < nchildren; i++) {
5651 		if (i >= count)
5652 			break;
5653 		if (configs[i] == NULL)
5654 			continue;
5655 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(configs[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
5656 		    &nvtop) == 0);
5657 		nvlist_dup(nvtop, &tops[i], KM_SLEEP);
5658 	}
5659 	for (i = 0; holes != NULL && i < nholes; i++) {
5660 		if (i >= nchildren)
5661 			continue;
5662 		if (tops[holes[i]] != NULL)
5663 			continue;
5664 		nvlist_alloc(&tops[holes[i]], NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP);
5665 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(tops[holes[i]], ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
5666 		    VDEV_TYPE_HOLE) == 0);
5667 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[holes[i]], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID,
5668 		    holes[i]) == 0);
5669 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[holes[i]], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
5670 		    0) == 0);
5671 	}
5672 	for (i = 0; i < nchildren; i++) {
5673 		if (tops[i] != NULL)
5674 			continue;
5675 		nvlist_alloc(&tops[i], NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP);
5676 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(tops[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
5677 		    VDEV_TYPE_MISSING) == 0);
5678 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID,
5679 		    i) == 0);
5680 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
5681 		    0) == 0);
5682 	}
5683 
5684 	/*
5685 	 * Create pool config based on the best vdev config.
5686 	 */
5687 	nvlist_dup(best_cfg, &config, KM_SLEEP);
5688 
5689 	/*
5690 	 * Put this pool's top-level vdevs into a root vdev.
5691 	 */
5692 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
5693 	    &pgid) == 0);
5694 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5695 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
5696 	    VDEV_TYPE_ROOT) == 0);
5697 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID, 0ULL) == 0);
5698 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, pgid) == 0);
5699 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
5700 	    tops, nchildren) == 0);
5701 
5702 	/*
5703 	 * Replace the existing vdev_tree with the new root vdev in
5704 	 * this pool's configuration (remove the old, add the new).
5705 	 */
5706 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, nvroot) == 0);
5707 
5708 	/*
5709 	 * Drop vdev config elements that should not be present at pool level.
5710 	 */
5711 	nvlist_remove(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, DATA_TYPE_UINT64);
5712 	nvlist_remove(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TOP_GUID, DATA_TYPE_UINT64);
5713 
5714 	for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
5715 		nvlist_free(configs[i]);
5716 	kmem_free(configs, count * sizeof(void *));
5717 	for (i = 0; i < nchildren; i++)
5718 		nvlist_free(tops[i]);
5719 	kmem_free(tops, nchildren * sizeof(void *));
5720 	nvlist_free(nvroot);
5721 	return (config);
5722 }
5723 
5724 int
5725 spa_import_rootpool(const char *name)
5726 {
5727 	spa_t *spa;
5728 	vdev_t *rvd, *bvd, *avd = NULL;
5729 	nvlist_t *config, *nvtop;
5730 	uint64_t txg;
5731 	char *pname;
5732 	int error;
5733 
5734 	/*
5735 	 * Read the label from the boot device and generate a configuration.
5736 	 */
5737 	config = spa_generate_rootconf(name);
5738 
5739 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5740 	if (config != NULL) {
5741 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
5742 		    &pname) == 0 && strcmp(name, pname) == 0);
5743 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG, &txg)
5744 		    == 0);
5745 
5746 		if ((spa = spa_lookup(pname)) != NULL) {
5747 			/*
5748 			 * The pool could already be imported,
5749 			 * e.g., after reboot -r.
5750 			 */
5751 			if (spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_ACTIVE) {
5752 				mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5753 				nvlist_free(config);
5754 				return (0);
5755 			}
5756 
5757 			/*
5758 			 * Remove the existing root pool from the namespace so
5759 			 * that we can replace it with the correct config
5760 			 * we just read in.
5761 			 */
5762 			spa_remove(spa);
5763 		}
5764 		spa = spa_add(pname, config, NULL);
5765 
5766 		/*
5767 		 * Set spa_ubsync.ub_version as it can be used in vdev_alloc()
5768 		 * via spa_version().
5769 		 */
5770 		if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
5771 		    &spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0)
5772 			spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL;
5773 	} else if ((spa = spa_lookup(name)) == NULL) {
5774 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5775 		nvlist_free(config);
5776 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Cannot find the pool label for '%s'",
5777 		    name);
5778 		return (EIO);
5779 	} else {
5780 		VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, &config, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5781 	}
5782 	spa->spa_is_root = B_TRUE;
5783 	spa->spa_import_flags = ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM;
5784 
5785 	/*
5786 	 * Build up a vdev tree based on the boot device's label config.
5787 	 */
5788 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
5789 	    &nvtop) == 0);
5790 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5791 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtop, NULL, 0,
5792 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ROOTPOOL);
5793 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5794 	if (error) {
5795 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5796 		nvlist_free(config);
5797 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not parse the config for pool '%s'",
5798 		    pname);
5799 		return (error);
5800 	}
5801 
5802 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5803 	vdev_free(rvd);
5804 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5805 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5806 
5807 	nvlist_free(config);
5808 	return (0);
5809 }
5810 
5811 #endif	/* illumos */
5812 #endif	/* _KERNEL */
5813 
5814 /*
5815  * Import a non-root pool into the system.
5816  */
5817 int
5818 spa_import(const char *pool, nvlist_t *config, nvlist_t *props, uint64_t flags)
5819 {
5820 	spa_t *spa;
5821 	char *altroot = NULL;
5822 	spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_IMPORT;
5823 	zpool_load_policy_t policy;
5824 	uint64_t mode = spa_mode_global;
5825 	uint64_t readonly = B_FALSE;
5826 	int error;
5827 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
5828 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
5829 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
5830 
5831 	/*
5832 	 * If a pool with this name exists, return failure.
5833 	 */
5834 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5835 	if (spa_lookup(pool) != NULL) {
5836 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5837 		return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
5838 	}
5839 
5840 	/*
5841 	 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
5842 	 */
5843 	(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
5844 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
5845 	(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(props,
5846 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY), &readonly);
5847 	if (readonly)
5848 		mode = FREAD;
5849 	spa = spa_add(pool, config, altroot);
5850 	spa->spa_import_flags = flags;
5851 
5852 	/*
5853 	 * Verbatim import - Take a pool and insert it into the namespace
5854 	 * as if it had been loaded at boot.
5855 	 */
5856 	if (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM) {
5857 		if (props != NULL)
5858 			spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
5859 
5860 		spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
5861 		spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT);
5862 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: verbatim import of %s", pool);
5863 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5864 		return (0);
5865 	}
5866 
5867 	spa_activate(spa, mode);
5868 
5869 	/*
5870 	 * Don't start async tasks until we know everything is healthy.
5871 	 */
5872 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
5873 
5874 	zpool_get_load_policy(config, &policy);
5875 	if (policy.zlp_rewind & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND)
5876 		state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER;
5877 
5878 	spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_TRYIMPORT;
5879 
5880 	if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
5881 		spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
5882 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s", pool);
5883 	} else {
5884 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s, max_txg=%lld "
5885 		    "(RECOVERY MODE)", pool, (longlong_t)policy.zlp_txg);
5886 	}
5887 	error = spa_load_best(spa, state, policy.zlp_txg, policy.zlp_rewind);
5888 
5889 	/*
5890 	 * Propagate anything learned while loading the pool and pass it
5891 	 * back to caller (i.e. rewind info, missing devices, etc).
5892 	 */
5893 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
5894 	    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
5895 
5896 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5897 	/*
5898 	 * Toss any existing sparelist, as it doesn't have any validity
5899 	 * anymore, and conflicts with spa_has_spare().
5900 	 */
5901 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) {
5902 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config);
5903 		spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL;
5904 		spa_load_spares(spa);
5905 	}
5906 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) {
5907 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config);
5908 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL;
5909 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
5910 	}
5911 
5912 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
5913 	    &nvroot) == 0);
5914 	if (error == 0)
5915 		error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, -1ULL,
5916 		    VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE);
5917 	if (error == 0)
5918 		error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, -1ULL,
5919 		    VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE);
5920 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5921 
5922 	if (props != NULL)
5923 		spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
5924 
5925 	if (error != 0 || (props && spa_writeable(spa) &&
5926 	    (error = spa_prop_set(spa, props)))) {
5927 		spa_unload(spa);
5928 		spa_deactivate(spa);
5929 		spa_remove(spa);
5930 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5931 		return (error);
5932 	}
5933 
5934 	spa_async_resume(spa);
5935 
5936 	/*
5937 	 * Override any spares and level 2 cache devices as specified by
5938 	 * the user, as these may have correct device names/devids, etc.
5939 	 */
5940 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
5941 	    &spares, &nspares) == 0) {
5942 		if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config)
5943 			VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
5944 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
5945 		else
5946 			VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
5947 			    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5948 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
5949 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
5950 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5951 		spa_load_spares(spa);
5952 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5953 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
5954 	}
5955 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
5956 	    &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) {
5957 		if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config)
5958 			VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5959 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
5960 		else
5961 			VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5962 			    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5963 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5964 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
5965 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5966 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
5967 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5968 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
5969 	}
5970 
5971 	/*
5972 	 * Check for any removed devices.
5973 	 */
5974 	if (spa->spa_autoreplace) {
5975 		spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares);
5976 		spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache);
5977 	}
5978 
5979 	if (spa_writeable(spa)) {
5980 		/*
5981 		 * Update the config cache to include the newly-imported pool.
5982 		 */
5983 		spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
5984 	}
5985 
5986 	/*
5987 	 * It's possible that the pool was expanded while it was exported.
5988 	 * We kick off an async task to handle this for us.
5989 	 */
5990 	spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND);
5991 
5992 	spa_history_log_version(spa, "import");
5993 
5994 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT);
5995 
5996 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5997 
5998 #ifdef __FreeBSD__
5999 #ifdef _KERNEL
6000 	zvol_create_minors(spa, pool);
6001 #endif
6002 #endif
6003 	return (0);
6004 }
6005 
6006 nvlist_t *
6007 spa_tryimport(nvlist_t *tryconfig)
6008 {
6009 	nvlist_t *config = NULL;
6010 	char *poolname, *cachefile;
6011 	spa_t *spa;
6012 	uint64_t state;
6013 	int error;
6014 	zpool_load_policy_t policy;
6015 
6016 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, &poolname))
6017 		return (NULL);
6018 
6019 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE, &state))
6020 		return (NULL);
6021 
6022 	/*
6023 	 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
6024 	 */
6025 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6026 	spa = spa_add(TRYIMPORT_NAME, tryconfig, NULL);
6027 	spa_activate(spa, FREAD);
6028 
6029 	/*
6030 	 * Rewind pool if a max txg was provided.
6031 	 */
6032 	zpool_get_load_policy(spa->spa_config, &policy);
6033 	if (policy.zlp_txg != UINT64_MAX) {
6034 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = policy.zlp_txg;
6035 		spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
6036 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s, max_txg=%lld",
6037 		    poolname, (longlong_t)policy.zlp_txg);
6038 	} else {
6039 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s", poolname);
6040 	}
6041 
6042 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CACHEFILE, &cachefile)
6043 	    == 0) {
6044 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: using cachefile '%s'", cachefile);
6045 		spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE;
6046 	} else {
6047 		spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN;
6048 	}
6049 
6050 	error = spa_load(spa, SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING);
6051 
6052 	/*
6053 	 * If 'tryconfig' was at least parsable, return the current config.
6054 	 */
6055 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
6056 		config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
6057 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
6058 		    poolname) == 0);
6059 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE,
6060 		    state) == 0);
6061 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP,
6062 		    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp) == 0);
6063 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
6064 		    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
6065 
6066 		/*
6067 		 * If the bootfs property exists on this pool then we
6068 		 * copy it out so that external consumers can tell which
6069 		 * pools are bootable.
6070 		 */
6071 		if ((!error || error == EEXIST) && spa->spa_bootfs) {
6072 			char *tmpname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
6073 
6074 			/*
6075 			 * We have to play games with the name since the
6076 			 * pool was opened as TRYIMPORT_NAME.
6077 			 */
6078 			if (dsl_dsobj_to_dsname(spa_name(spa),
6079 			    spa->spa_bootfs, tmpname) == 0) {
6080 				char *cp;
6081 				char *dsname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
6082 
6083 				cp = strchr(tmpname, '/');
6084 				if (cp == NULL) {
6085 					(void) strlcpy(dsname, tmpname,
6086 					    MAXPATHLEN);
6087 				} else {
6088 					(void) snprintf(dsname, MAXPATHLEN,
6089 					    "%s/%s", poolname, ++cp);
6090 				}
6091 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config,
6092 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_BOOTFS, dsname) == 0);
6093 				kmem_free(dsname, MAXPATHLEN);
6094 			}
6095 			kmem_free(tmpname, MAXPATHLEN);
6096 		}
6097 
6098 		/*
6099 		 * Add the list of hot spares and level 2 cache devices.
6100 		 */
6101 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
6102 		spa_add_spares(spa, config);
6103 		spa_add_l2cache(spa, config);
6104 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
6105 	}
6106 
6107 	spa_unload(spa);
6108 	spa_deactivate(spa);
6109 	spa_remove(spa);
6110 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6111 
6112 	return (config);
6113 }
6114 
6115 /*
6116  * Pool export/destroy
6117  *
6118  * The act of destroying or exporting a pool is very simple.  We make sure there
6119  * is no more pending I/O and any references to the pool are gone.  Then, we
6120  * update the pool state and sync all the labels to disk, removing the
6121  * configuration from the cache afterwards. If the 'hardforce' flag is set, then
6122  * we don't sync the labels or remove the configuration cache.
6123  */
6124 static int
6125 spa_export_common(char *pool, int new_state, nvlist_t **oldconfig,
6126     boolean_t force, boolean_t hardforce)
6127 {
6128 	spa_t *spa;
6129 
6130 	if (oldconfig)
6131 		*oldconfig = NULL;
6132 
6133 	if (!(spa_mode_global & FWRITE))
6134 		return (SET_ERROR(EROFS));
6135 
6136 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6137 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) {
6138 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6139 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
6140 	}
6141 
6142 	/*
6143 	 * Put a hold on the pool, drop the namespace lock, stop async tasks,
6144 	 * reacquire the namespace lock, and see if we can export.
6145 	 */
6146 	spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
6147 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6148 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
6149 	if (spa->spa_zvol_taskq) {
6150 #ifdef _KERNEL
6151 		zvol_remove_minors(spa, spa_name(spa));
6152 #endif
6153 		taskq_wait(spa->spa_zvol_taskq);
6154 	}
6155 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6156 	spa_close(spa, FTAG);
6157 
6158 	/*
6159 	 * The pool will be in core if it's openable,
6160 	 * in which case we can modify its state.
6161 	 */
6162 	if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && spa->spa_sync_on) {
6163 
6164 		/*
6165 		 * Objsets may be open only because they're dirty, so we
6166 		 * have to force it to sync before checking spa_refcnt.
6167 		 */
6168 		txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
6169 		spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
6170 
6171 		/*
6172 		 * A pool cannot be exported or destroyed if there are active
6173 		 * references.  If we are resetting a pool, allow references by
6174 		 * fault injection handlers.
6175 		 */
6176 		if (!spa_refcount_zero(spa) ||
6177 		    (spa->spa_inject_ref != 0 &&
6178 		    new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED)) {
6179 			spa_async_resume(spa);
6180 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6181 			return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
6182 		}
6183 
6184 		/*
6185 		 * A pool cannot be exported if it has an active shared spare.
6186 		 * This is to prevent other pools stealing the active spare
6187 		 * from an exported pool. At user's own will, such pool can
6188 		 * be forcedly exported.
6189 		 */
6190 		if (!force && new_state == POOL_STATE_EXPORTED &&
6191 		    spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa)) {
6192 			spa_async_resume(spa);
6193 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6194 			return (SET_ERROR(EXDEV));
6195 		}
6196 
6197 		/*
6198 		 * We're about to export or destroy this pool. Make sure
6199 		 * we stop all initializtion activity here before we
6200 		 * set the spa_final_txg. This will ensure that all
6201 		 * dirty data resulting from the initialization is
6202 		 * committed to disk before we unload the pool.
6203 		 */
6204 		if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
6205 			vdev_initialize_stop_all(spa->spa_root_vdev,
6206 			    VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE);
6207 		}
6208 
6209 		/*
6210 		 * We want this to be reflected on every label,
6211 		 * so mark them all dirty.  spa_unload() will do the
6212 		 * final sync that pushes these changes out.
6213 		 */
6214 		if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && !hardforce) {
6215 			spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
6216 			spa->spa_state = new_state;
6217 			spa->spa_final_txg = spa_last_synced_txg(spa) +
6218 			    TXG_DEFER_SIZE + 1;
6219 			vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
6220 			spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
6221 		}
6222 	}
6223 
6224 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_DESTROY);
6225 
6226 	if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
6227 		spa_unload(spa);
6228 		spa_deactivate(spa);
6229 	}
6230 
6231 	if (oldconfig && spa->spa_config)
6232 		VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, oldconfig, 0) == 0);
6233 
6234 	if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
6235 		if (!hardforce)
6236 			spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE);
6237 		spa_remove(spa);
6238 	}
6239 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6240 
6241 	return (0);
6242 }
6243 
6244 /*
6245  * Destroy a storage pool.
6246  */
6247 int
6248 spa_destroy(char *pool)
6249 {
6250 	return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_DESTROYED, NULL,
6251 	    B_FALSE, B_FALSE));
6252 }
6253 
6254 /*
6255  * Export a storage pool.
6256  */
6257 int
6258 spa_export(char *pool, nvlist_t **oldconfig, boolean_t force,
6259     boolean_t hardforce)
6260 {
6261 	return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, oldconfig,
6262 	    force, hardforce));
6263 }
6264 
6265 /*
6266  * Similar to spa_export(), this unloads the spa_t without actually removing it
6267  * from the namespace in any way.
6268  */
6269 int
6270 spa_reset(char *pool)
6271 {
6272 	return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED, NULL,
6273 	    B_FALSE, B_FALSE));
6274 }
6275 
6276 /*
6277  * ==========================================================================
6278  * Device manipulation
6279  * ==========================================================================
6280  */
6281 
6282 /*
6283  * Add a device to a storage pool.
6284  */
6285 int
6286 spa_vdev_add(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot)
6287 {
6288 	uint64_t txg, id;
6289 	int error;
6290 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
6291 	vdev_t *vd, *tvd;
6292 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
6293 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
6294 
6295 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
6296 
6297 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
6298 
6299 	if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, nvroot, NULL, 0,
6300 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0)
6301 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
6302 
6303 	spa->spa_pending_vdev = vd;	/* spa_vdev_exit() will clear this */
6304 
6305 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares,
6306 	    &nspares) != 0)
6307 		nspares = 0;
6308 
6309 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache,
6310 	    &nl2cache) != 0)
6311 		nl2cache = 0;
6312 
6313 	if (vd->vdev_children == 0 && nspares == 0 && nl2cache == 0)
6314 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL));
6315 
6316 	if (vd->vdev_children != 0 &&
6317 	    (error = vdev_create(vd, txg, B_FALSE)) != 0)
6318 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error));
6319 
6320 	/*
6321 	 * We must validate the spares and l2cache devices after checking the
6322 	 * children.  Otherwise, vdev_inuse() will blindly overwrite the spare.
6323 	 */
6324 	if ((error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0)
6325 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error));
6326 
6327 	/*
6328 	 * If we are in the middle of a device removal, we can only add
6329 	 * devices which match the existing devices in the pool.
6330 	 * If we are in the middle of a removal, or have some indirect
6331 	 * vdevs, we can not add raidz toplevels.
6332 	 */
6333 	if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL ||
6334 	    spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_prev_indirect_vdev != -1) {
6335 		for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
6336 			tvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
6337 			if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL &&
6338 			    tvd->vdev_ashift != spa->spa_max_ashift) {
6339 				return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL));
6340 			}
6341 			/* Fail if top level vdev is raidz */
6342 			if (tvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_raidz_ops) {
6343 				return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL));
6344 			}
6345 			/*
6346 			 * Need the top level mirror to be
6347 			 * a mirror of leaf vdevs only
6348 			 */
6349 			if (tvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_mirror_ops) {
6350 				for (uint64_t cid = 0;
6351 				    cid < tvd->vdev_children; cid++) {
6352 					vdev_t *cvd = tvd->vdev_child[cid];
6353 					if (!cvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
6354 						return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd,
6355 						    txg, EINVAL));
6356 					}
6357 				}
6358 			}
6359 		}
6360 	}
6361 
6362 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
6363 
6364 		/*
6365 		 * Set the vdev id to the first hole, if one exists.
6366 		 */
6367 		for (id = 0; id < rvd->vdev_children; id++) {
6368 			if (rvd->vdev_child[id]->vdev_ishole) {
6369 				vdev_free(rvd->vdev_child[id]);
6370 				break;
6371 			}
6372 		}
6373 		tvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
6374 		vdev_remove_child(vd, tvd);
6375 		tvd->vdev_id = id;
6376 		vdev_add_child(rvd, tvd);
6377 		vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
6378 	}
6379 
6380 	if (nspares != 0) {
6381 		spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_spares, spares, nspares,
6382 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES);
6383 		spa_load_spares(spa);
6384 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
6385 	}
6386 
6387 	if (nl2cache != 0) {
6388 		spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_l2cache, l2cache, nl2cache,
6389 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
6390 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
6391 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
6392 	}
6393 
6394 	/*
6395 	 * We have to be careful when adding new vdevs to an existing pool.
6396 	 * If other threads start allocating from these vdevs before we
6397 	 * sync the config cache, and we lose power, then upon reboot we may
6398 	 * fail to open the pool because there are DVAs that the config cache
6399 	 * can't translate.  Therefore, we first add the vdevs without
6400 	 * initializing metaslabs; sync the config cache (via spa_vdev_exit());
6401 	 * and then let spa_config_update() initialize the new metaslabs.
6402 	 *
6403 	 * spa_load() checks for added-but-not-initialized vdevs, so that
6404 	 * if we lose power at any point in this sequence, the remaining
6405 	 * steps will be completed the next time we load the pool.
6406 	 */
6407 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0);
6408 
6409 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6410 	spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
6411 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ADD);
6412 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6413 
6414 	return (0);
6415 }
6416 
6417 /*
6418  * Attach a device to a mirror.  The arguments are the path to any device
6419  * in the mirror, and the nvroot for the new device.  If the path specifies
6420  * a device that is not mirrored, we automatically insert the mirror vdev.
6421  *
6422  * If 'replacing' is specified, the new device is intended to replace the
6423  * existing device; in this case the two devices are made into their own
6424  * mirror using the 'replacing' vdev, which is functionally identical to
6425  * the mirror vdev (it actually reuses all the same ops) but has a few
6426  * extra rules: you can't attach to it after it's been created, and upon
6427  * completion of resilvering, the first disk (the one being replaced)
6428  * is automatically detached.
6429  */
6430 int
6431 spa_vdev_attach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, nvlist_t *nvroot, int replacing)
6432 {
6433 	uint64_t txg, dtl_max_txg;
6434 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
6435 	vdev_t *oldvd, *newvd, *newrootvd, *pvd, *tvd;
6436 	vdev_ops_t *pvops;
6437 	char *oldvdpath, *newvdpath;
6438 	int newvd_isspare;
6439 	int error;
6440 
6441 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
6442 
6443 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
6444 
6445 	oldvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
6446 
6447 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
6448 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) {
6449 		error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ?
6450 		    ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT;
6451 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
6452 	}
6453 
6454 	if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL)
6455 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
6456 
6457 	if (oldvd == NULL)
6458 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV));
6459 
6460 	if (!oldvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
6461 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
6462 
6463 	pvd = oldvd->vdev_parent;
6464 
6465 	if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &newrootvd, nvroot, NULL, 0,
6466 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ATTACH)) != 0)
6467 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
6468 
6469 	if (newrootvd->vdev_children != 1)
6470 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL));
6471 
6472 	newvd = newrootvd->vdev_child[0];
6473 
6474 	if (!newvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
6475 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL));
6476 
6477 	if ((error = vdev_create(newrootvd, txg, replacing)) != 0)
6478 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, error));
6479 
6480 	/*
6481 	 * Spares can't replace logs
6482 	 */
6483 	if (oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_islog && newvd->vdev_isspare)
6484 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
6485 
6486 	if (!replacing) {
6487 		/*
6488 		 * For attach, the only allowable parent is a mirror or the root
6489 		 * vdev.
6490 		 */
6491 		if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops &&
6492 		    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_root_ops)
6493 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
6494 
6495 		pvops = &vdev_mirror_ops;
6496 	} else {
6497 		/*
6498 		 * Active hot spares can only be replaced by inactive hot
6499 		 * spares.
6500 		 */
6501 		if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
6502 		    oldvd->vdev_isspare &&
6503 		    !spa_has_spare(spa, newvd->vdev_guid))
6504 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
6505 
6506 		/*
6507 		 * If the source is a hot spare, and the parent isn't already a
6508 		 * spare, then we want to create a new hot spare.  Otherwise, we
6509 		 * want to create a replacing vdev.  The user is not allowed to
6510 		 * attach to a spared vdev child unless the 'isspare' state is
6511 		 * the same (spare replaces spare, non-spare replaces
6512 		 * non-spare).
6513 		 */
6514 		if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops &&
6515 		    spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_MULTI_REPLACE) {
6516 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
6517 		} else if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
6518 		    newvd->vdev_isspare != oldvd->vdev_isspare) {
6519 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
6520 		}
6521 
6522 		if (newvd->vdev_isspare)
6523 			pvops = &vdev_spare_ops;
6524 		else
6525 			pvops = &vdev_replacing_ops;
6526 	}
6527 
6528 	/*
6529 	 * Make sure the new device is big enough.
6530 	 */
6531 	if (newvd->vdev_asize < vdev_get_min_asize(oldvd))
6532 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EOVERFLOW));
6533 
6534 	/*
6535 	 * The new device cannot have a higher alignment requirement
6536 	 * than the top-level vdev.
6537 	 */
6538 	if (newvd->vdev_ashift > oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_ashift)
6539 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EDOM));
6540 
6541 	/*
6542 	 * If this is an in-place replacement, update oldvd's path and devid
6543 	 * to make it distinguishable from newvd, and unopenable from now on.
6544 	 */
6545 	if (strcmp(oldvd->vdev_path, newvd->vdev_path) == 0) {
6546 		spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_path);
6547 		oldvd->vdev_path = kmem_alloc(strlen(newvd->vdev_path) + 5,
6548 		    KM_SLEEP);
6549 		(void) sprintf(oldvd->vdev_path, "%s/%s",
6550 		    newvd->vdev_path, "old");
6551 		if (oldvd->vdev_devid != NULL) {
6552 			spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_devid);
6553 			oldvd->vdev_devid = NULL;
6554 		}
6555 	}
6556 
6557 	/* mark the device being resilvered */
6558 	newvd->vdev_resilver_txg = txg;
6559 
6560 	/*
6561 	 * If the parent is not a mirror, or if we're replacing, insert the new
6562 	 * mirror/replacing/spare vdev above oldvd.
6563 	 */
6564 	if (pvd->vdev_ops != pvops)
6565 		pvd = vdev_add_parent(oldvd, pvops);
6566 
6567 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top->vdev_parent == rvd);
6568 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == pvops);
6569 	ASSERT(oldvd->vdev_parent == pvd);
6570 
6571 	/*
6572 	 * Extract the new device from its root and add it to pvd.
6573 	 */
6574 	vdev_remove_child(newrootvd, newvd);
6575 	newvd->vdev_id = pvd->vdev_children;
6576 	newvd->vdev_crtxg = oldvd->vdev_crtxg;
6577 	vdev_add_child(pvd, newvd);
6578 
6579 	tvd = newvd->vdev_top;
6580 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top == tvd);
6581 	ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd);
6582 
6583 	vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
6584 
6585 	/*
6586 	 * Set newvd's DTL to [TXG_INITIAL, dtl_max_txg) so that we account
6587 	 * for any dmu_sync-ed blocks.  It will propagate upward when
6588 	 * spa_vdev_exit() calls vdev_dtl_reassess().
6589 	 */
6590 	dtl_max_txg = txg + TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES;
6591 
6592 	vdev_dtl_dirty(newvd, DTL_MISSING, TXG_INITIAL,
6593 	    dtl_max_txg - TXG_INITIAL);
6594 
6595 	if (newvd->vdev_isspare) {
6596 		spa_spare_activate(newvd);
6597 		spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_SPARE);
6598 	}
6599 
6600 	oldvdpath = spa_strdup(oldvd->vdev_path);
6601 	newvdpath = spa_strdup(newvd->vdev_path);
6602 	newvd_isspare = newvd->vdev_isspare;
6603 
6604 	/*
6605 	 * Mark newvd's DTL dirty in this txg.
6606 	 */
6607 	vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, newvd, txg);
6608 
6609 	/*
6610 	 * Schedule the resilver to restart in the future. We do this to
6611 	 * ensure that dmu_sync-ed blocks have been stitched into the
6612 	 * respective datasets.
6613 	 */
6614 	dsl_resilver_restart(spa->spa_dsl_pool, dtl_max_txg);
6615 
6616 	if (spa->spa_bootfs)
6617 		spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_BOOTFS_VDEV_ATTACH);
6618 
6619 	spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ATTACH);
6620 
6621 	/*
6622 	 * Commit the config
6623 	 */
6624 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, dtl_max_txg, 0);
6625 
6626 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev attach", NULL,
6627 	    "%s vdev=%s %s vdev=%s",
6628 	    replacing && newvd_isspare ? "spare in" :
6629 	    replacing ? "replace" : "attach", newvdpath,
6630 	    replacing ? "for" : "to", oldvdpath);
6631 
6632 	spa_strfree(oldvdpath);
6633 	spa_strfree(newvdpath);
6634 
6635 	return (0);
6636 }
6637 
6638 /*
6639  * Detach a device from a mirror or replacing vdev.
6640  *
6641  * If 'replace_done' is specified, only detach if the parent
6642  * is a replacing vdev.
6643  */
6644 int
6645 spa_vdev_detach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, uint64_t pguid, int replace_done)
6646 {
6647 	uint64_t txg;
6648 	int error;
6649 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
6650 	vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *cvd, *tvd;
6651 	boolean_t unspare = B_FALSE;
6652 	uint64_t unspare_guid = 0;
6653 	char *vdpath;
6654 
6655 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
6656 
6657 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
6658 
6659 	vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
6660 
6661 	/*
6662 	 * Besides being called directly from the userland through the
6663 	 * ioctl interface, spa_vdev_detach() can be potentially called
6664 	 * at the end of spa_vdev_resilver_done().
6665 	 *
6666 	 * In the regular case, when we have a checkpoint this shouldn't
6667 	 * happen as we never empty the DTLs of a vdev during the scrub
6668 	 * [see comment in dsl_scan_done()]. Thus spa_vdev_resilvering_done()
6669 	 * should never get here when we have a checkpoint.
6670 	 *
6671 	 * That said, even in a case when we checkpoint the pool exactly
6672 	 * as spa_vdev_resilver_done() calls this function everything
6673 	 * should be fine as the resilver will return right away.
6674 	 */
6675 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
6676 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) {
6677 		error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ?
6678 		    ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT;
6679 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
6680 	}
6681 
6682 	if (vd == NULL)
6683 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV));
6684 
6685 	if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
6686 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
6687 
6688 	pvd = vd->vdev_parent;
6689 
6690 	/*
6691 	 * If the parent/child relationship is not as expected, don't do it.
6692 	 * Consider M(A,R(B,C)) -- that is, a mirror of A with a replacing
6693 	 * vdev that's replacing B with C.  The user's intent in replacing
6694 	 * is to go from M(A,B) to M(A,C).  If the user decides to cancel
6695 	 * the replace by detaching C, the expected behavior is to end up
6696 	 * M(A,B).  But suppose that right after deciding to detach C,
6697 	 * the replacement of B completes.  We would have M(A,C), and then
6698 	 * ask to detach C, which would leave us with just A -- not what
6699 	 * the user wanted.  To prevent this, we make sure that the
6700 	 * parent/child relationship hasn't changed -- in this example,
6701 	 * that C's parent is still the replacing vdev R.
6702 	 */
6703 	if (pvd->vdev_guid != pguid && pguid != 0)
6704 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
6705 
6706 	/*
6707 	 * Only 'replacing' or 'spare' vdevs can be replaced.
6708 	 */
6709 	if (replace_done && pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops &&
6710 	    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops)
6711 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
6712 
6713 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops ||
6714 	    spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES);
6715 
6716 	/*
6717 	 * Only mirror, replacing, and spare vdevs support detach.
6718 	 */
6719 	if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops &&
6720 	    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops &&
6721 	    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops)
6722 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
6723 
6724 	/*
6725 	 * If this device has the only valid copy of some data,
6726 	 * we cannot safely detach it.
6727 	 */
6728 	if (vdev_dtl_required(vd))
6729 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
6730 
6731 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_children >= 2);
6732 
6733 	/*
6734 	 * If we are detaching the second disk from a replacing vdev, then
6735 	 * check to see if we changed the original vdev's path to have "/old"
6736 	 * at the end in spa_vdev_attach().  If so, undo that change now.
6737 	 */
6738 	if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops && vd->vdev_id > 0 &&
6739 	    vd->vdev_path != NULL) {
6740 		size_t len = strlen(vd->vdev_path);
6741 
6742 		for (int c = 0; c < pvd->vdev_children; c++) {
6743 			cvd = pvd->vdev_child[c];
6744 
6745 			if (cvd == vd || cvd->vdev_path == NULL)
6746 				continue;
6747 
6748 			if (strncmp(cvd->vdev_path, vd->vdev_path, len) == 0 &&
6749 			    strcmp(cvd->vdev_path + len, "/old") == 0) {
6750 				spa_strfree(cvd->vdev_path);
6751 				cvd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path);
6752 				break;
6753 			}
6754 		}
6755 	}
6756 
6757 	/*
6758 	 * If we are detaching the original disk from a spare, then it implies
6759 	 * that the spare should become a real disk, and be removed from the
6760 	 * active spare list for the pool.
6761 	 */
6762 	if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
6763 	    vd->vdev_id == 0 &&
6764 	    pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1]->vdev_isspare)
6765 		unspare = B_TRUE;
6766 
6767 	/*
6768 	 * Erase the disk labels so the disk can be used for other things.
6769 	 * This must be done after all other error cases are handled,
6770 	 * but before we disembowel vd (so we can still do I/O to it).
6771 	 * But if we can't do it, don't treat the error as fatal --
6772 	 * it may be that the unwritability of the disk is the reason
6773 	 * it's being detached!
6774 	 */
6775 	error = vdev_label_init(vd, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE);
6776 
6777 	/*
6778 	 * Remove vd from its parent and compact the parent's children.
6779 	 */
6780 	vdev_remove_child(pvd, vd);
6781 	vdev_compact_children(pvd);
6782 
6783 	/*
6784 	 * Remember one of the remaining children so we can get tvd below.
6785 	 */
6786 	cvd = pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1];
6787 
6788 	/*
6789 	 * If we need to remove the remaining child from the list of hot spares,
6790 	 * do it now, marking the vdev as no longer a spare in the process.
6791 	 * We must do this before vdev_remove_parent(), because that can
6792 	 * change the GUID if it creates a new toplevel GUID.  For a similar
6793 	 * reason, we must remove the spare now, in the same txg as the detach;
6794 	 * otherwise someone could attach a new sibling, change the GUID, and
6795 	 * the subsequent attempt to spa_vdev_remove(unspare_guid) would fail.
6796 	 */
6797 	if (unspare) {
6798 		ASSERT(cvd->vdev_isspare);
6799 		spa_spare_remove(cvd);
6800 		unspare_guid = cvd->vdev_guid;
6801 		(void) spa_vdev_remove(spa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE);
6802 		cvd->vdev_unspare = B_TRUE;
6803 	}
6804 
6805 	/*
6806 	 * If the parent mirror/replacing vdev only has one child,
6807 	 * the parent is no longer needed.  Remove it from the tree.
6808 	 */
6809 	if (pvd->vdev_children == 1) {
6810 		if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops)
6811 			cvd->vdev_unspare = B_FALSE;
6812 		vdev_remove_parent(cvd);
6813 	}
6814 
6815 
6816 	/*
6817 	 * We don't set tvd until now because the parent we just removed
6818 	 * may have been the previous top-level vdev.
6819 	 */
6820 	tvd = cvd->vdev_top;
6821 	ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd);
6822 
6823 	/*
6824 	 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
6825 	 */
6826 	vdev_propagate_state(cvd);
6827 
6828 	/*
6829 	 * If the 'autoexpand' property is set on the pool then automatically
6830 	 * try to expand the size of the pool. For example if the device we
6831 	 * just detached was smaller than the others, it may be possible to
6832 	 * add metaslabs (i.e. grow the pool). We need to reopen the vdev
6833 	 * first so that we can obtain the updated sizes of the leaf vdevs.
6834 	 */
6835 	if (spa->spa_autoexpand) {
6836 		vdev_reopen(tvd);
6837 		vdev_expand(tvd, txg);
6838 	}
6839 
6840 	vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
6841 
6842 	/*
6843 	 * Mark vd's DTL as dirty in this txg.  vdev_dtl_sync() will see that
6844 	 * vd->vdev_detached is set and free vd's DTL object in syncing context.
6845 	 * But first make sure we're not on any *other* txg's DTL list, to
6846 	 * prevent vd from being accessed after it's freed.
6847 	 */
6848 	vdpath = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path);
6849 	for (int t = 0; t < TXG_SIZE; t++)
6850 		(void) txg_list_remove_this(&tvd->vdev_dtl_list, vd, t);
6851 	vd->vdev_detached = B_TRUE;
6852 	vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, vd, txg);
6853 
6854 	spa_event_notify(spa, vd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE);
6855 
6856 	/* hang on to the spa before we release the lock */
6857 	spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
6858 
6859 	error = spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0);
6860 
6861 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", NULL,
6862 	    "vdev=%s", vdpath);
6863 	spa_strfree(vdpath);
6864 
6865 	/*
6866 	 * If this was the removal of the original device in a hot spare vdev,
6867 	 * then we want to go through and remove the device from the hot spare
6868 	 * list of every other pool.
6869 	 */
6870 	if (unspare) {
6871 		spa_t *altspa = NULL;
6872 
6873 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6874 		while ((altspa = spa_next(altspa)) != NULL) {
6875 			if (altspa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE ||
6876 			    altspa == spa)
6877 				continue;
6878 
6879 			spa_open_ref(altspa, FTAG);
6880 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6881 			(void) spa_vdev_remove(altspa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE);
6882 			mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6883 			spa_close(altspa, FTAG);
6884 		}
6885 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6886 
6887 		/* search the rest of the vdevs for spares to remove */
6888 		spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa);
6889 	}
6890 
6891 	/* all done with the spa; OK to release */
6892 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6893 	spa_close(spa, FTAG);
6894 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6895 
6896 	return (error);
6897 }
6898 
6899 int
6900 spa_vdev_initialize(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, uint64_t cmd_type)
6901 {
6902 	/*
6903 	 * We hold the namespace lock through the whole function
6904 	 * to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or
6905 	 * stopping initialization. The config and state locks are held so that
6906 	 * we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to
6907 	 * the initializing operation.
6908 	 */
6909 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6910 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
6911 
6912 	/* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */
6913 	vdev_t *vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
6914 	if (vd == NULL || vd->vdev_detached) {
6915 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6916 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6917 		return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV));
6918 	} else if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf || !vdev_is_concrete(vd)) {
6919 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6920 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6921 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
6922 	} else if (!vdev_writeable(vd)) {
6923 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6924 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6925 		return (SET_ERROR(EROFS));
6926 	}
6927 	mutex_enter(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
6928 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6929 
6930 	/*
6931 	 * When we activate an initialize action we check to see
6932 	 * if the vdev_initialize_thread is NULL. We do this instead
6933 	 * of using the vdev_initialize_state since there might be
6934 	 * a previous initialization process which has completed but
6935 	 * the thread is not exited.
6936 	 */
6937 	if (cmd_type == POOL_INITIALIZE_DO &&
6938 	    (vd->vdev_initialize_thread != NULL ||
6939 	    vd->vdev_top->vdev_removing)) {
6940 		mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
6941 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6942 		return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
6943 	} else if (cmd_type == POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL &&
6944 	    (vd->vdev_initialize_state != VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE &&
6945 	    vd->vdev_initialize_state != VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED)) {
6946 		mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
6947 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6948 		return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH));
6949 	} else if (cmd_type == POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND &&
6950 	    vd->vdev_initialize_state != VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE) {
6951 		mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
6952 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6953 		return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH));
6954 	}
6955 
6956 	switch (cmd_type) {
6957 	case POOL_INITIALIZE_DO:
6958 		vdev_initialize(vd);
6959 		break;
6960 	case POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL:
6961 		vdev_initialize_stop(vd, VDEV_INITIALIZE_CANCELED);
6962 		break;
6963 	case POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND:
6964 		vdev_initialize_stop(vd, VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED);
6965 		break;
6966 	default:
6967 		panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type);
6968 	}
6969 	mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
6970 
6971 	/* Sync out the initializing state */
6972 	txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
6973 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6974 
6975 	return (0);
6976 }
6977 
6978 
6979 /*
6980  * Split a set of devices from their mirrors, and create a new pool from them.
6981  */
6982 int
6983 spa_vdev_split_mirror(spa_t *spa, char *newname, nvlist_t *config,
6984     nvlist_t *props, boolean_t exp)
6985 {
6986 	int error = 0;
6987 	uint64_t txg, *glist;
6988 	spa_t *newspa;
6989 	uint_t c, children, lastlog;
6990 	nvlist_t **child, *nvl, *tmp;
6991 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
6992 	char *altroot = NULL;
6993 	vdev_t *rvd, **vml = NULL;			/* vdev modify list */
6994 	boolean_t activate_slog;
6995 
6996 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
6997 
6998 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
6999 
7000 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
7001 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) {
7002 		error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ?
7003 		    ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT;
7004 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
7005 	}
7006 
7007 	/* clear the log and flush everything up to now */
7008 	activate_slog = spa_passivate_log(spa);
7009 	(void) spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
7010 	error = spa_reset_logs(spa);
7011 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
7012 
7013 	if (activate_slog)
7014 		spa_activate_log(spa);
7015 
7016 	if (error != 0)
7017 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
7018 
7019 	/* check new spa name before going any further */
7020 	if (spa_lookup(newname) != NULL)
7021 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EEXIST));
7022 
7023 	/*
7024 	 * scan through all the children to ensure they're all mirrors
7025 	 */
7026 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvl) != 0 ||
7027 	    nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, &child,
7028 	    &children) != 0)
7029 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
7030 
7031 	/* first, check to ensure we've got the right child count */
7032 	rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
7033 	lastlog = 0;
7034 	for (c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
7035 		vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
7036 
7037 		/* don't count the holes & logs as children */
7038 		if (vd->vdev_islog || !vdev_is_concrete(vd)) {
7039 			if (lastlog == 0)
7040 				lastlog = c;
7041 			continue;
7042 		}
7043 
7044 		lastlog = 0;
7045 	}
7046 	if (children != (lastlog != 0 ? lastlog : rvd->vdev_children))
7047 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
7048 
7049 	/* next, ensure no spare or cache devices are part of the split */
7050 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &tmp) == 0 ||
7051 	    nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &tmp) == 0)
7052 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
7053 
7054 	vml = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP);
7055 	glist = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (uint64_t), KM_SLEEP);
7056 
7057 	/* then, loop over each vdev and validate it */
7058 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
7059 		uint64_t is_hole = 0;
7060 
7061 		(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_IS_HOLE,
7062 		    &is_hole);
7063 
7064 		if (is_hole != 0) {
7065 			if (spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ishole ||
7066 			    spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_islog) {
7067 				continue;
7068 			} else {
7069 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
7070 				break;
7071 			}
7072 		}
7073 
7074 		/* which disk is going to be split? */
7075 		if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
7076 		    &glist[c]) != 0) {
7077 			error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
7078 			break;
7079 		}
7080 
7081 		/* look it up in the spa */
7082 		vml[c] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[c], B_FALSE);
7083 		if (vml[c] == NULL) {
7084 			error = SET_ERROR(ENODEV);
7085 			break;
7086 		}
7087 
7088 		/* make sure there's nothing stopping the split */
7089 		if (vml[c]->vdev_parent->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops ||
7090 		    vml[c]->vdev_islog ||
7091 		    !vdev_is_concrete(vml[c]) ||
7092 		    vml[c]->vdev_isspare ||
7093 		    vml[c]->vdev_isl2cache ||
7094 		    !vdev_writeable(vml[c]) ||
7095 		    vml[c]->vdev_children != 0 ||
7096 		    vml[c]->vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY ||
7097 		    c != spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_id) {
7098 			error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
7099 			break;
7100 		}
7101 
7102 		if (vdev_dtl_required(vml[c])) {
7103 			error = SET_ERROR(EBUSY);
7104 			break;
7105 		}
7106 
7107 		/* we need certain info from the top level */
7108 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_ARRAY,
7109 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_array) == 0);
7110 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_SHIFT,
7111 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_shift) == 0);
7112 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASIZE,
7113 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_asize) == 0);
7114 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASHIFT,
7115 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ashift) == 0);
7116 
7117 		/* transfer per-vdev ZAPs */
7118 		ASSERT3U(vml[c]->vdev_leaf_zap, !=, 0);
7119 		VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c],
7120 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_LEAF_ZAP, vml[c]->vdev_leaf_zap));
7121 
7122 		ASSERT3U(vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_top_zap, !=, 0);
7123 		VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c],
7124 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TOP_ZAP,
7125 		    vml[c]->vdev_parent->vdev_top_zap));
7126 	}
7127 
7128 	if (error != 0) {
7129 		kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
7130 		kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t));
7131 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
7132 	}
7133 
7134 	/* stop writers from using the disks */
7135 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
7136 		if (vml[c] != NULL)
7137 			vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_TRUE;
7138 	}
7139 	vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
7140 
7141 	/*
7142 	 * Temporarily record the splitting vdevs in the spa config.  This
7143 	 * will disappear once the config is regenerated.
7144 	 */
7145 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvl, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
7146 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST,
7147 	    glist, children) == 0);
7148 	kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t));
7149 
7150 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
7151 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT,
7152 	    nvl) == 0);
7153 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
7154 	spa->spa_config_splitting = nvl;
7155 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
7156 
7157 	/* configure and create the new pool */
7158 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, newname) == 0);
7159 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE,
7160 	    exp ? POOL_STATE_EXPORTED : POOL_STATE_ACTIVE) == 0);
7161 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
7162 	    spa_version(spa)) == 0);
7163 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
7164 	    spa->spa_config_txg) == 0);
7165 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
7166 	    spa_generate_guid(NULL)) == 0);
7167 	VERIFY0(nvlist_add_boolean(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS));
7168 	(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
7169 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
7170 
7171 	/* add the new pool to the namespace */
7172 	newspa = spa_add(newname, config, altroot);
7173 	newspa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD;
7174 	newspa->spa_config_txg = spa->spa_config_txg;
7175 	spa_set_log_state(newspa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
7176 
7177 	/* release the spa config lock, retaining the namespace lock */
7178 	spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
7179 
7180 	if (zio_injection_enabled)
7181 		zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 1);
7182 
7183 	spa_activate(newspa, spa_mode_global);
7184 	spa_async_suspend(newspa);
7185 
7186 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
7187 		if (vml[c] != NULL) {
7188 			/*
7189 			 * Temporarily stop the initializing activity. We set
7190 			 * the state to ACTIVE so that we know to resume
7191 			 * the initializing once the split has completed.
7192 			 */
7193 			mutex_enter(&vml[c]->vdev_initialize_lock);
7194 			vdev_initialize_stop(vml[c], VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE);
7195 			mutex_exit(&vml[c]->vdev_initialize_lock);
7196 		}
7197 	}
7198 
7199 #ifndef illumos
7200 	/* mark that we are creating new spa by splitting */
7201 	newspa->spa_splitting_newspa = B_TRUE;
7202 #endif
7203 	newspa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SPLIT;
7204 
7205 	/* create the new pool from the disks of the original pool */
7206 	error = spa_load(newspa, SPA_LOAD_IMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE);
7207 #ifndef illumos
7208 	newspa->spa_splitting_newspa = B_FALSE;
7209 #endif
7210 	if (error)
7211 		goto out;
7212 
7213 	/* if that worked, generate a real config for the new pool */
7214 	if (newspa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
7215 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&newspa->spa_config_splitting,
7216 		    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
7217 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(newspa->spa_config_splitting,
7218 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_GUID, spa_guid(spa)) == 0);
7219 		spa_config_set(newspa, spa_config_generate(newspa, NULL, -1ULL,
7220 		    B_TRUE));
7221 	}
7222 
7223 	/* set the props */
7224 	if (props != NULL) {
7225 		spa_configfile_set(newspa, props, B_FALSE);
7226 		error = spa_prop_set(newspa, props);
7227 		if (error)
7228 			goto out;
7229 	}
7230 
7231 	/* flush everything */
7232 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(newspa);
7233 	vdev_config_dirty(newspa->spa_root_vdev);
7234 	(void) spa_vdev_config_exit(newspa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
7235 
7236 	if (zio_injection_enabled)
7237 		zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 2);
7238 
7239 	spa_async_resume(newspa);
7240 
7241 	/* finally, update the original pool's config */
7242 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
7243 	tx = dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa)->dp_mos_dir);
7244 	error = dmu_tx_assign(tx, TXG_WAIT);
7245 	if (error != 0)
7246 		dmu_tx_abort(tx);
7247 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
7248 		if (vml[c] != NULL) {
7249 			vdev_split(vml[c]);
7250 			if (error == 0)
7251 				spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", tx,
7252 				    "vdev=%s", vml[c]->vdev_path);
7253 
7254 			vdev_free(vml[c]);
7255 		}
7256 	}
7257 	spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD;
7258 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
7259 	spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
7260 	nvlist_free(nvl);
7261 	if (error == 0)
7262 		dmu_tx_commit(tx);
7263 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0);
7264 
7265 	if (zio_injection_enabled)
7266 		zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 3);
7267 
7268 	/* split is complete; log a history record */
7269 	spa_history_log_internal(newspa, "split", NULL,
7270 	    "from pool %s", spa_name(spa));
7271 
7272 	kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
7273 
7274 	/* if we're not going to mount the filesystems in userland, export */
7275 	if (exp)
7276 		error = spa_export_common(newname, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, NULL,
7277 		    B_FALSE, B_FALSE);
7278 
7279 	return (error);
7280 
7281 out:
7282 	spa_unload(newspa);
7283 	spa_deactivate(newspa);
7284 	spa_remove(newspa);
7285 
7286 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
7287 
7288 	/* re-online all offlined disks */
7289 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
7290 		if (vml[c] != NULL)
7291 			vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE;
7292 	}
7293 
7294 	/* restart initializing disks as necessary */
7295 	spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART);
7296 
7297 	vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
7298 
7299 	nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting);
7300 	spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
7301 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error);
7302 
7303 	kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
7304 	return (error);
7305 }
7306 
7307 /*
7308  * Find any device that's done replacing, or a vdev marked 'unspare' that's
7309  * currently spared, so we can detach it.
7310  */
7311 static vdev_t *
7312 spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vdev_t *vd)
7313 {
7314 	vdev_t *newvd, *oldvd;
7315 
7316 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
7317 		oldvd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vd->vdev_child[c]);
7318 		if (oldvd != NULL)
7319 			return (oldvd);
7320 	}
7321 
7322 	/*
7323 	 * Check for a completed replacement.  We always consider the first
7324 	 * vdev in the list to be the oldest vdev, and the last one to be
7325 	 * the newest (see spa_vdev_attach() for how that works).  In
7326 	 * the case where the newest vdev is faulted, we will not automatically
7327 	 * remove it after a resilver completes.  This is OK as it will require
7328 	 * user intervention to determine which disk the admin wishes to keep.
7329 	 */
7330 	if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops) {
7331 		ASSERT(vd->vdev_children > 1);
7332 
7333 		newvd = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1];
7334 		oldvd = vd->vdev_child[0];
7335 
7336 		if (vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) &&
7337 		    vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
7338 		    !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd))
7339 			return (oldvd);
7340 	}
7341 
7342 	/*
7343 	 * Check for a completed resilver with the 'unspare' flag set.
7344 	 * Also potentially update faulted state.
7345 	 */
7346 	if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops) {
7347 		vdev_t *first = vd->vdev_child[0];
7348 		vdev_t *last = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1];
7349 
7350 		if (last->vdev_unspare) {
7351 			oldvd = first;
7352 			newvd = last;
7353 		} else if (first->vdev_unspare) {
7354 			oldvd = last;
7355 			newvd = first;
7356 		} else {
7357 			oldvd = NULL;
7358 		}
7359 
7360 		if (oldvd != NULL &&
7361 		    vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) &&
7362 		    vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
7363 		    !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd))
7364 			return (oldvd);
7365 
7366 		vdev_propagate_state(vd);
7367 
7368 		/*
7369 		 * If there are more than two spares attached to a disk,
7370 		 * and those spares are not required, then we want to
7371 		 * attempt to free them up now so that they can be used
7372 		 * by other pools.  Once we're back down to a single
7373 		 * disk+spare, we stop removing them.
7374 		 */
7375 		if (vd->vdev_children > 2) {
7376 			newvd = vd->vdev_child[1];
7377 
7378 			if (newvd->vdev_isspare && last->vdev_isspare &&
7379 			    vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_MISSING) &&
7380 			    vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
7381 			    !vdev_dtl_required(newvd))
7382 				return (newvd);
7383 		}
7384 	}
7385 
7386 	return (NULL);
7387 }
7388 
7389 static void
7390 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa)
7391 {
7392 	vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *ppvd;
7393 	uint64_t guid, sguid, pguid, ppguid;
7394 
7395 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
7396 
7397 	while ((vd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(spa->spa_root_vdev)) != NULL) {
7398 		pvd = vd->vdev_parent;
7399 		ppvd = pvd->vdev_parent;
7400 		guid = vd->vdev_guid;
7401 		pguid = pvd->vdev_guid;
7402 		ppguid = ppvd->vdev_guid;
7403 		sguid = 0;
7404 		/*
7405 		 * If we have just finished replacing a hot spared device, then
7406 		 * we need to detach the parent's first child (the original hot
7407 		 * spare) as well.
7408 		 */
7409 		if (ppvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops && pvd->vdev_id == 0 &&
7410 		    ppvd->vdev_children == 2) {
7411 			ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops);
7412 			sguid = ppvd->vdev_child[1]->vdev_guid;
7413 		}
7414 		ASSERT(vd->vdev_resilver_txg == 0 || !vdev_dtl_required(vd));
7415 
7416 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
7417 		if (spa_vdev_detach(spa, guid, pguid, B_TRUE) != 0)
7418 			return;
7419 		if (sguid && spa_vdev_detach(spa, sguid, ppguid, B_TRUE) != 0)
7420 			return;
7421 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
7422 	}
7423 
7424 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
7425 }
7426 
7427 /*
7428  * Update the stored path or FRU for this vdev.
7429  */
7430 int
7431 spa_vdev_set_common(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *value,
7432     boolean_t ispath)
7433 {
7434 	vdev_t *vd;
7435 	boolean_t sync = B_FALSE;
7436 
7437 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
7438 
7439 	spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_ALL);
7440 
7441 	if ((vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_TRUE)) == NULL)
7442 		return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOENT));
7443 
7444 	if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
7445 		return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOTSUP));
7446 
7447 	if (ispath) {
7448 		if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_path) != 0) {
7449 			spa_strfree(vd->vdev_path);
7450 			vd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(value);
7451 			sync = B_TRUE;
7452 		}
7453 	} else {
7454 		if (vd->vdev_fru == NULL) {
7455 			vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value);
7456 			sync = B_TRUE;
7457 		} else if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_fru) != 0) {
7458 			spa_strfree(vd->vdev_fru);
7459 			vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value);
7460 			sync = B_TRUE;
7461 		}
7462 	}
7463 
7464 	return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, sync ? vd : NULL, 0));
7465 }
7466 
7467 int
7468 spa_vdev_setpath(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newpath)
7469 {
7470 	return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newpath, B_TRUE));
7471 }
7472 
7473 int
7474 spa_vdev_setfru(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newfru)
7475 {
7476 	return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newfru, B_FALSE));
7477 }
7478 
7479 /*
7480  * ==========================================================================
7481  * SPA Scanning
7482  * ==========================================================================
7483  */
7484 int
7485 spa_scrub_pause_resume(spa_t *spa, pool_scrub_cmd_t cmd)
7486 {
7487 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
7488 
7489 	if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool))
7490 		return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
7491 
7492 	return (dsl_scrub_set_pause_resume(spa->spa_dsl_pool, cmd));
7493 }
7494 
7495 int
7496 spa_scan_stop(spa_t *spa)
7497 {
7498 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
7499 	if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool))
7500 		return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
7501 	return (dsl_scan_cancel(spa->spa_dsl_pool));
7502 }
7503 
7504 int
7505 spa_scan(spa_t *spa, pool_scan_func_t func)
7506 {
7507 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
7508 
7509 	if (func >= POOL_SCAN_FUNCS || func == POOL_SCAN_NONE)
7510 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
7511 
7512 	/*
7513 	 * If a resilver was requested, but there is no DTL on a
7514 	 * writeable leaf device, we have nothing to do.
7515 	 */
7516 	if (func == POOL_SCAN_RESILVER &&
7517 	    !vdev_resilver_needed(spa->spa_root_vdev, NULL, NULL)) {
7518 		spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE);
7519 		return (0);
7520 	}
7521 
7522 	return (dsl_scan(spa->spa_dsl_pool, func));
7523 }
7524 
7525 /*
7526  * ==========================================================================
7527  * SPA async task processing
7528  * ==========================================================================
7529  */
7530 
7531 static void
7532 spa_async_remove(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
7533 {
7534 	if (vd->vdev_remove_wanted) {
7535 		vd->vdev_remove_wanted = B_FALSE;
7536 		vd->vdev_delayed_close = B_FALSE;
7537 		vdev_set_state(vd, B_FALSE, VDEV_STATE_REMOVED, VDEV_AUX_NONE);
7538 
7539 		/*
7540 		 * We want to clear the stats, but we don't want to do a full
7541 		 * vdev_clear() as that will cause us to throw away
7542 		 * degraded/faulted state as well as attempt to reopen the
7543 		 * device, all of which is a waste.
7544 		 */
7545 		vd->vdev_stat.vs_read_errors = 0;
7546 		vd->vdev_stat.vs_write_errors = 0;
7547 		vd->vdev_stat.vs_checksum_errors = 0;
7548 
7549 		vdev_state_dirty(vd->vdev_top);
7550 		/* Tell userspace that the vdev is gone. */
7551 		zfs_post_remove(spa, vd);
7552 	}
7553 
7554 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
7555 		spa_async_remove(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]);
7556 }
7557 
7558 static void
7559 spa_async_probe(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
7560 {
7561 	if (vd->vdev_probe_wanted) {
7562 		vd->vdev_probe_wanted = B_FALSE;
7563 		vdev_reopen(vd);	/* vdev_open() does the actual probe */
7564 	}
7565 
7566 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
7567 		spa_async_probe(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]);
7568 }
7569 
7570 static void
7571 spa_async_autoexpand(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
7572 {
7573 	sysevent_id_t eid;
7574 	nvlist_t *attr;
7575 	char *physpath;
7576 
7577 	if (!spa->spa_autoexpand)
7578 		return;
7579 
7580 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
7581 		vdev_t *cvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
7582 		spa_async_autoexpand(spa, cvd);
7583 	}
7584 
7585 	if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf || vd->vdev_physpath == NULL)
7586 		return;
7587 
7588 	physpath = kmem_zalloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
7589 	(void) snprintf(physpath, MAXPATHLEN, "/devices%s", vd->vdev_physpath);
7590 
7591 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&attr, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
7592 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(attr, DEV_PHYS_PATH, physpath) == 0);
7593 
7594 	(void) ddi_log_sysevent(zfs_dip, SUNW_VENDOR, EC_DEV_STATUS,
7595 	    ESC_ZFS_VDEV_AUTOEXPAND, attr, &eid, DDI_SLEEP);
7596 
7597 	nvlist_free(attr);
7598 	kmem_free(physpath, MAXPATHLEN);
7599 }
7600 
7601 static void
7602 spa_async_thread(void *arg)
7603 {
7604 	spa_t *spa = (spa_t *)arg;
7605 	int tasks;
7606 
7607 	ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on);
7608 
7609 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7610 	tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks;
7611 	spa->spa_async_tasks &= SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE;
7612 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7613 
7614 	/*
7615 	 * See if the config needs to be updated.
7616 	 */
7617 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE) {
7618 		uint64_t old_space, new_space;
7619 
7620 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
7621 		old_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
7622 		old_space += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa));
7623 		old_space += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa));
7624 
7625 		spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
7626 
7627 		new_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
7628 		new_space += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa));
7629 		new_space += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa));
7630 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
7631 
7632 		/*
7633 		 * If the pool grew as a result of the config update,
7634 		 * then log an internal history event.
7635 		 */
7636 		if (new_space != old_space) {
7637 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev online", NULL,
7638 			    "pool '%s' size: %llu(+%llu)",
7639 			    spa_name(spa), new_space, new_space - old_space);
7640 		}
7641 	}
7642 
7643 	if ((tasks & SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND) && !spa_suspended(spa)) {
7644 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
7645 		spa_async_autoexpand(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
7646 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
7647 	}
7648 
7649 	/*
7650 	 * See if any devices need to be probed.
7651 	 */
7652 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_PROBE) {
7653 		spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE);
7654 		spa_async_probe(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
7655 		(void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0);
7656 	}
7657 
7658 	/*
7659 	 * If any devices are done replacing, detach them.
7660 	 */
7661 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE)
7662 		spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa);
7663 
7664 	/*
7665 	 * Kick off a resilver.
7666 	 */
7667 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER)
7668 		dsl_resilver_restart(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
7669 
7670 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART) {
7671 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
7672 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
7673 		vdev_initialize_restart(spa->spa_root_vdev);
7674 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
7675 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
7676 	}
7677 
7678 	/*
7679 	 * Let the world know that we're done.
7680 	 */
7681 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7682 	spa->spa_async_thread = NULL;
7683 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_async_cv);
7684 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7685 	thread_exit();
7686 }
7687 
7688 static void
7689 spa_async_thread_vd(void *arg)
7690 {
7691 	spa_t *spa = arg;
7692 	int tasks;
7693 
7694 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7695 	tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks;
7696 retry:
7697 	spa->spa_async_tasks &= ~SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE;
7698 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7699 
7700 	/*
7701 	 * See if any devices need to be marked REMOVED.
7702 	 */
7703 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) {
7704 		spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE);
7705 		spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
7706 		for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++)
7707 			spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
7708 		for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
7709 			spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]);
7710 		(void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0);
7711 	}
7712 
7713 	/*
7714 	 * Let the world know that we're done.
7715 	 */
7716 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7717 	tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks;
7718 	if ((tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) != 0)
7719 		goto retry;
7720 	spa->spa_async_thread_vd = NULL;
7721 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_async_cv);
7722 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7723 	thread_exit();
7724 }
7725 
7726 void
7727 spa_async_suspend(spa_t *spa)
7728 {
7729 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7730 	spa->spa_async_suspended++;
7731 	while (spa->spa_async_thread != NULL ||
7732 	    spa->spa_async_thread_vd != NULL)
7733 		cv_wait(&spa->spa_async_cv, &spa->spa_async_lock);
7734 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7735 
7736 	spa_vdev_remove_suspend(spa);
7737 
7738 	zthr_t *condense_thread = spa->spa_condense_zthr;
7739 	if (condense_thread != NULL)
7740 		zthr_cancel(condense_thread);
7741 
7742 	zthr_t *discard_thread = spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr;
7743 	if (discard_thread != NULL)
7744 		zthr_cancel(discard_thread);
7745 }
7746 
7747 void
7748 spa_async_resume(spa_t *spa)
7749 {
7750 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7751 	ASSERT(spa->spa_async_suspended != 0);
7752 	spa->spa_async_suspended--;
7753 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7754 	spa_restart_removal(spa);
7755 
7756 	zthr_t *condense_thread = spa->spa_condense_zthr;
7757 	if (condense_thread != NULL)
7758 		zthr_resume(condense_thread);
7759 
7760 	zthr_t *discard_thread = spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr;
7761 	if (discard_thread != NULL)
7762 		zthr_resume(discard_thread);
7763 }
7764 
7765 static boolean_t
7766 spa_async_tasks_pending(spa_t *spa)
7767 {
7768 	uint_t non_config_tasks;
7769 	uint_t config_task;
7770 	boolean_t config_task_suspended;
7771 
7772 	non_config_tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks & ~(SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE |
7773 	    SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE);
7774 	config_task = spa->spa_async_tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE;
7775 	if (spa->spa_ccw_fail_time == 0) {
7776 		config_task_suspended = B_FALSE;
7777 	} else {
7778 		config_task_suspended =
7779 		    (gethrtime() - spa->spa_ccw_fail_time) <
7780 		    (zfs_ccw_retry_interval * NANOSEC);
7781 	}
7782 
7783 	return (non_config_tasks || (config_task && !config_task_suspended));
7784 }
7785 
7786 static void
7787 spa_async_dispatch(spa_t *spa)
7788 {
7789 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7790 	if (spa_async_tasks_pending(spa) &&
7791 	    !spa->spa_async_suspended &&
7792 	    spa->spa_async_thread == NULL &&
7793 	    rootdir != NULL)
7794 		spa->spa_async_thread = thread_create(NULL, 0,
7795 		    spa_async_thread, spa, 0, &p0, TS_RUN, maxclsyspri);
7796 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7797 }
7798 
7799 static void
7800 spa_async_dispatch_vd(spa_t *spa)
7801 {
7802 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7803 	if ((spa->spa_async_tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) != 0 &&
7804 	    !spa->spa_async_suspended &&
7805 	    spa->spa_async_thread_vd == NULL &&
7806 	    rootdir != NULL)
7807 		spa->spa_async_thread_vd = thread_create(NULL, 0,
7808 		    spa_async_thread_vd, spa, 0, &p0, TS_RUN, maxclsyspri);
7809 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7810 }
7811 
7812 void
7813 spa_async_request(spa_t *spa, int task)
7814 {
7815 	zfs_dbgmsg("spa=%s async request task=%u", spa->spa_name, task);
7816 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7817 	spa->spa_async_tasks |= task;
7818 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7819 	spa_async_dispatch_vd(spa);
7820 }
7821 
7822 /*
7823  * ==========================================================================
7824  * SPA syncing routines
7825  * ==========================================================================
7826  */
7827 
7828 static int
7829 bpobj_enqueue_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7830 {
7831 	bpobj_t *bpo = arg;
7832 	bpobj_enqueue(bpo, bp, tx);
7833 	return (0);
7834 }
7835 
7836 static int
7837 spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7838 {
7839 	zio_t *zio = arg;
7840 
7841 	zio_nowait(zio_free_sync(zio, zio->io_spa, dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), bp,
7842 	    BP_GET_PSIZE(bp), zio->io_flags));
7843 	return (0);
7844 }
7845 
7846 /*
7847  * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
7848  * amount of time spent syncing frees.
7849  */
7850 static void
7851 spa_sync_frees(spa_t *spa, bplist_t *bpl, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7852 {
7853 	zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0);
7854 	bplist_iterate(bpl, spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx);
7855 	VERIFY(zio_wait(zio) == 0);
7856 }
7857 
7858 /*
7859  * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
7860  * amount of time spent syncing deferred frees.
7861  */
7862 static void
7863 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7864 {
7865 	zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0);
7866 	VERIFY3U(bpobj_iterate(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj,
7867 	    spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx), ==, 0);
7868 	VERIFY0(zio_wait(zio));
7869 }
7870 
7871 
7872 static void
7873 spa_sync_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t *nv, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7874 {
7875 	char *packed = NULL;
7876 	size_t bufsize;
7877 	size_t nvsize = 0;
7878 	dmu_buf_t *db;
7879 
7880 	VERIFY(nvlist_size(nv, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR) == 0);
7881 
7882 	/*
7883 	 * Write full (SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE) blocks of configuration
7884 	 * information.  This avoids the dmu_buf_will_dirty() path and
7885 	 * saves us a pre-read to get data we don't actually care about.
7886 	 */
7887 	bufsize = P2ROUNDUP((uint64_t)nvsize, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE);
7888 	packed = kmem_alloc(bufsize, KM_SLEEP);
7889 
7890 	VERIFY(nvlist_pack(nv, &packed, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR,
7891 	    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
7892 	bzero(packed + nvsize, bufsize - nvsize);
7893 
7894 	dmu_write(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, bufsize, packed, tx);
7895 
7896 	kmem_free(packed, bufsize);
7897 
7898 	VERIFY(0 == dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db));
7899 	dmu_buf_will_dirty(db, tx);
7900 	*(uint64_t *)db->db_data = nvsize;
7901 	dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG);
7902 }
7903 
7904 static void
7905 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa_t *spa, spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, dmu_tx_t *tx,
7906     const char *config, const char *entry)
7907 {
7908 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
7909 	nvlist_t **list;
7910 	int i;
7911 
7912 	if (!sav->sav_sync)
7913 		return;
7914 
7915 	/*
7916 	 * Update the MOS nvlist describing the list of available devices.
7917 	 * spa_validate_aux() will have already made sure this nvlist is
7918 	 * valid and the vdevs are labeled appropriately.
7919 	 */
7920 	if (sav->sav_object == 0) {
7921 		sav->sav_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset,
7922 		    DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, 1 << 14, DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE,
7923 		    sizeof (uint64_t), tx);
7924 		VERIFY(zap_update(spa->spa_meta_objset,
7925 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, entry, sizeof (uint64_t), 1,
7926 		    &sav->sav_object, tx) == 0);
7927 	}
7928 
7929 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
7930 	if (sav->sav_count == 0) {
7931 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, NULL, 0) == 0);
7932 	} else {
7933 		list = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
7934 		for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
7935 			list[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa, sav->sav_vdevs[i],
7936 			    B_FALSE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
7937 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, list,
7938 		    sav->sav_count) == 0);
7939 		for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
7940 			nvlist_free(list[i]);
7941 		kmem_free(list, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *));
7942 	}
7943 
7944 	spa_sync_nvlist(spa, sav->sav_object, nvroot, tx);
7945 	nvlist_free(nvroot);
7946 
7947 	sav->sav_sync = B_FALSE;
7948 }
7949 
7950 /*
7951  * Rebuild spa's all-vdev ZAP from the vdev ZAPs indicated in each vdev_t.
7952  * The all-vdev ZAP must be empty.
7953  */
7954 static void
7955 spa_avz_build(vdev_t *vd, uint64_t avz, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7956 {
7957 	spa_t *spa = vd->vdev_spa;
7958 	if (vd->vdev_top_zap != 0) {
7959 		VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, avz,
7960 		    vd->vdev_top_zap, tx));
7961 	}
7962 	if (vd->vdev_leaf_zap != 0) {
7963 		VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, avz,
7964 		    vd->vdev_leaf_zap, tx));
7965 	}
7966 	for (uint64_t i = 0; i < vd->vdev_children; i++) {
7967 		spa_avz_build(vd->vdev_child[i], avz, tx);
7968 	}
7969 }
7970 
7971 static void
7972 spa_sync_config_object(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7973 {
7974 	nvlist_t *config;
7975 
7976 	/*
7977 	 * If the pool is being imported from a pre-per-vdev-ZAP version of ZFS,
7978 	 * its config may not be dirty but we still need to build per-vdev ZAPs.
7979 	 * Similarly, if the pool is being assembled (e.g. after a split), we
7980 	 * need to rebuild the AVZ although the config may not be dirty.
7981 	 */
7982 	if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list) &&
7983 	    spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_NONE)
7984 		return;
7985 
7986 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
7987 
7988 	ASSERT(spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_NONE ||
7989 	    spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE ||
7990 	    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps != 0);
7991 
7992 	if (spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD) {
7993 		/* Make and build the new AVZ */
7994 		uint64_t new_avz = zap_create(spa->spa_meta_objset,
7995 		    DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA, DMU_OT_NONE, 0, tx);
7996 		spa_avz_build(spa->spa_root_vdev, new_avz, tx);
7997 
7998 		/* Diff old AVZ with new one */
7999 		zap_cursor_t zc;
8000 		zap_attribute_t za;
8001 
8002 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
8003 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps);
8004 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
8005 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
8006 			uint64_t vdzap = za.za_first_integer;
8007 			if (zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, new_avz,
8008 			    vdzap) == ENOENT) {
8009 				/*
8010 				 * ZAP is listed in old AVZ but not in new one;
8011 				 * destroy it
8012 				 */
8013 				VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset, vdzap,
8014 				    tx));
8015 			}
8016 		}
8017 
8018 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
8019 
8020 		/* Destroy the old AVZ */
8021 		VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8022 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, tx));
8023 
8024 		/* Replace the old AVZ in the dir obj with the new one */
8025 		VERIFY0(zap_update(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8026 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP,
8027 		    sizeof (new_avz), 1, &new_avz, tx));
8028 
8029 		spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = new_avz;
8030 	} else if (spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY) {
8031 		zap_cursor_t zc;
8032 		zap_attribute_t za;
8033 
8034 		/* Walk through the AVZ and destroy all listed ZAPs */
8035 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
8036 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps);
8037 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
8038 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
8039 			uint64_t zap = za.za_first_integer;
8040 			VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset, zap, tx));
8041 		}
8042 
8043 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
8044 
8045 		/* Destroy and unlink the AVZ itself */
8046 		VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8047 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, tx));
8048 		VERIFY0(zap_remove(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8049 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP, tx));
8050 		spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = 0;
8051 	}
8052 
8053 	if (spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps == 0) {
8054 		spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = zap_create_link(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8055 		    DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
8056 		    DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP, tx);
8057 	}
8058 	spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_NONE;
8059 
8060 	/* Create ZAPs for vdevs that don't have them. */
8061 	vdev_construct_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev, tx);
8062 
8063 	config = spa_config_generate(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev,
8064 	    dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), B_FALSE);
8065 
8066 	/*
8067 	 * If we're upgrading the spa version then make sure that
8068 	 * the config object gets updated with the correct version.
8069 	 */
8070 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version)
8071 		fnvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
8072 		    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version);
8073 
8074 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
8075 
8076 	nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_syncing);
8077 	spa->spa_config_syncing = config;
8078 
8079 	spa_sync_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, config, tx);
8080 }
8081 
8082 static void
8083 spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
8084 {
8085 	uint64_t *versionp = arg;
8086 	uint64_t version = *versionp;
8087 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
8088 
8089 	/*
8090 	 * Setting the version is special cased when first creating the pool.
8091 	 */
8092 	ASSERT(tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL);
8093 
8094 	ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version));
8095 	ASSERT(version >= spa_version(spa));
8096 
8097 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
8098 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
8099 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx, "version=%lld", version);
8100 }
8101 
8102 /*
8103  * Set zpool properties.
8104  */
8105 static void
8106 spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
8107 {
8108 	nvlist_t *nvp = arg;
8109 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
8110 	objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
8111 	nvpair_t *elem = NULL;
8112 
8113 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
8114 
8115 	while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem))) {
8116 		uint64_t intval;
8117 		char *strval, *fname;
8118 		zpool_prop_t prop;
8119 		const char *propname;
8120 		zprop_type_t proptype;
8121 		spa_feature_t fid;
8122 
8123 		switch (prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem))) {
8124 		case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL:
8125 			/*
8126 			 * We checked this earlier in spa_prop_validate().
8127 			 */
8128 			ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)));
8129 
8130 			fname = strchr(nvpair_name(elem), '@') + 1;
8131 			VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(fname, &fid));
8132 
8133 			spa_feature_enable(spa, fid, tx);
8134 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
8135 			    "%s=enabled", nvpair_name(elem));
8136 			break;
8137 
8138 		case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION:
8139 			intval = fnvpair_value_uint64(elem);
8140 			/*
8141 			 * The version is synced seperatly before other
8142 			 * properties and should be correct by now.
8143 			 */
8144 			ASSERT3U(spa_version(spa), >=, intval);
8145 			break;
8146 
8147 		case ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT:
8148 			/*
8149 			 * 'altroot' is a non-persistent property. It should
8150 			 * have been set temporarily at creation or import time.
8151 			 */
8152 			ASSERT(spa->spa_root != NULL);
8153 			break;
8154 
8155 		case ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY:
8156 		case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE:
8157 			/*
8158 			 * 'readonly' and 'cachefile' are also non-persisitent
8159 			 * properties.
8160 			 */
8161 			break;
8162 		case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT:
8163 			strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem);
8164 			if (spa->spa_comment != NULL)
8165 				spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment);
8166 			spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(strval);
8167 			/*
8168 			 * We need to dirty the configuration on all the vdevs
8169 			 * so that their labels get updated.  It's unnecessary
8170 			 * to do this for pool creation since the vdev's
8171 			 * configuratoin has already been dirtied.
8172 			 */
8173 			if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL)
8174 				vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
8175 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
8176 			    "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval);
8177 			break;
8178 		default:
8179 			/*
8180 			 * Set pool property values in the poolprops mos object.
8181 			 */
8182 			if (spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0) {
8183 				spa->spa_pool_props_object =
8184 				    zap_create_link(mos, DMU_OT_POOL_PROPS,
8185 				    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_PROPS,
8186 				    tx);
8187 			}
8188 
8189 			/* normalize the property name */
8190 			propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop);
8191 			proptype = zpool_prop_get_type(prop);
8192 
8193 			if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_STRING) {
8194 				ASSERT(proptype == PROP_TYPE_STRING);
8195 				strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem);
8196 				VERIFY0(zap_update(mos,
8197 				    spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname,
8198 				    1, strlen(strval) + 1, strval, tx));
8199 				spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
8200 				    "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval);
8201 			} else if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_UINT64) {
8202 				intval = fnvpair_value_uint64(elem);
8203 
8204 				if (proptype == PROP_TYPE_INDEX) {
8205 					const char *unused;
8206 					VERIFY0(zpool_prop_index_to_string(
8207 					    prop, intval, &unused));
8208 				}
8209 				VERIFY0(zap_update(mos,
8210 				    spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname,
8211 				    8, 1, &intval, tx));
8212 				spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
8213 				    "%s=%lld", nvpair_name(elem), intval);
8214 			} else {
8215 				ASSERT(0); /* not allowed */
8216 			}
8217 
8218 			switch (prop) {
8219 			case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION:
8220 				spa->spa_delegation = intval;
8221 				break;
8222 			case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS:
8223 				spa->spa_bootfs = intval;
8224 				break;
8225 			case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE:
8226 				spa->spa_failmode = intval;
8227 				break;
8228 			case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND:
8229 				spa->spa_autoexpand = intval;
8230 				if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL)
8231 					spa_async_request(spa,
8232 					    SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND);
8233 				break;
8234 			case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST:
8235 				spa->spa_multihost = intval;
8236 				break;
8237 			case ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO:
8238 				spa->spa_dedup_ditto = intval;
8239 				break;
8240 			default:
8241 				break;
8242 			}
8243 		}
8244 
8245 	}
8246 
8247 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
8248 }
8249 
8250 /*
8251  * Perform one-time upgrade on-disk changes.  spa_version() does not
8252  * reflect the new version this txg, so there must be no changes this
8253  * txg to anything that the upgrade code depends on after it executes.
8254  * Therefore this must be called after dsl_pool_sync() does the sync
8255  * tasks.
8256  */
8257 static void
8258 spa_sync_upgrades(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
8259 {
8260 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
8261 
8262 	ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_pass == 1);
8263 
8264 	rrw_enter(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, RW_WRITER, FTAG);
8265 
8266 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN &&
8267 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN) {
8268 		dsl_pool_create_origin(dp, tx);
8269 
8270 		/* Keeping the origin open increases spa_minref */
8271 		spa->spa_minref += 3;
8272 	}
8273 
8274 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES &&
8275 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES) {
8276 		dsl_pool_upgrade_clones(dp, tx);
8277 	}
8278 
8279 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES &&
8280 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES) {
8281 		dsl_pool_upgrade_dir_clones(dp, tx);
8282 
8283 		/* Keeping the freedir open increases spa_minref */
8284 		spa->spa_minref += 3;
8285 	}
8286 
8287 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_FEATURES &&
8288 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
8289 		spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa, tx);
8290 	}
8291 
8292 	/*
8293 	 * LZ4_COMPRESS feature's behaviour was changed to activate_on_enable
8294 	 * when possibility to use lz4 compression for metadata was added
8295 	 * Old pools that have this feature enabled must be upgraded to have
8296 	 * this feature active
8297 	 */
8298 	if (spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
8299 		boolean_t lz4_en = spa_feature_is_enabled(spa,
8300 		    SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS);
8301 		boolean_t lz4_ac = spa_feature_is_active(spa,
8302 		    SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS);
8303 
8304 		if (lz4_en && !lz4_ac)
8305 			spa_feature_incr(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS, tx);
8306 	}
8307 
8308 	/*
8309 	 * If we haven't written the salt, do so now.  Note that the
8310 	 * feature may not be activated yet, but that's fine since
8311 	 * the presence of this ZAP entry is backwards compatible.
8312 	 */
8313 	if (zap_contains(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
8314 	    DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT) == ENOENT) {
8315 		VERIFY0(zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8316 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT, 1,
8317 		    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes),
8318 		    spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes, tx));
8319 	}
8320 
8321 	rrw_exit(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, FTAG);
8322 }
8323 
8324 static void
8325 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vdev_t *vd)
8326 {
8327 	vdev_indirect_mapping_t *vim = vd->vdev_indirect_mapping;
8328 	vdev_indirect_births_t *vib = vd->vdev_indirect_births;
8329 
8330 	if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_indirect_ops) {
8331 		ASSERT(vim != NULL);
8332 		ASSERT(vib != NULL);
8333 	}
8334 
8335 	if (vdev_obsolete_sm_object(vd) != 0) {
8336 		ASSERT(vd->vdev_obsolete_sm != NULL);
8337 		ASSERT(vd->vdev_removing ||
8338 		    vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_indirect_ops);
8339 		ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_num_entries(vim) > 0);
8340 		ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim) > 0);
8341 
8342 		ASSERT3U(vdev_obsolete_sm_object(vd), ==,
8343 		    space_map_object(vd->vdev_obsolete_sm));
8344 		ASSERT3U(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim), >=,
8345 		    space_map_allocated(vd->vdev_obsolete_sm));
8346 	}
8347 	ASSERT(vd->vdev_obsolete_segments != NULL);
8348 
8349 	/*
8350 	 * Since frees / remaps to an indirect vdev can only
8351 	 * happen in syncing context, the obsolete segments
8352 	 * tree must be empty when we start syncing.
8353 	 */
8354 	ASSERT0(range_tree_space(vd->vdev_obsolete_segments));
8355 }
8356 
8357 /*
8358  * Sync the specified transaction group.  New blocks may be dirtied as
8359  * part of the process, so we iterate until it converges.
8360  */
8361 void
8362 spa_sync(spa_t *spa, uint64_t txg)
8363 {
8364 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
8365 	objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
8366 	bplist_t *free_bpl = &spa->spa_free_bplist[txg & TXG_MASK];
8367 	metaslab_class_t *normal = spa_normal_class(spa);
8368 	metaslab_class_t *special = spa_special_class(spa);
8369 	metaslab_class_t *dedup = spa_dedup_class(spa);
8370 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
8371 	vdev_t *vd;
8372 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
8373 	int error;
8374 	uint32_t max_queue_depth = zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active *
8375 	    zfs_vdev_queue_depth_pct / 100;
8376 
8377 	VERIFY(spa_writeable(spa));
8378 
8379 	/*
8380 	 * Wait for i/os issued in open context that need to complete
8381 	 * before this txg syncs.
8382 	 */
8383 	(void) zio_wait(spa->spa_txg_zio[txg & TXG_MASK]);
8384 	spa->spa_txg_zio[txg & TXG_MASK] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
8385 	    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL);
8386 
8387 	/*
8388 	 * Lock out configuration changes.
8389 	 */
8390 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
8391 
8392 	spa->spa_syncing_txg = txg;
8393 	spa->spa_sync_pass = 0;
8394 
8395 	for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) {
8396 		mutex_enter(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]);
8397 		VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa->spa_alloc_trees[i]));
8398 		mutex_exit(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]);
8399 	}
8400 
8401 	/*
8402 	 * If there are any pending vdev state changes, convert them
8403 	 * into config changes that go out with this transaction group.
8404 	 */
8405 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
8406 	while (list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list) != NULL) {
8407 		/*
8408 		 * We need the write lock here because, for aux vdevs,
8409 		 * calling vdev_config_dirty() modifies sav_config.
8410 		 * This is ugly and will become unnecessary when we
8411 		 * eliminate the aux vdev wart by integrating all vdevs
8412 		 * into the root vdev tree.
8413 		 */
8414 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
8415 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
8416 		while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list)) != NULL) {
8417 			vdev_state_clean(vd);
8418 			vdev_config_dirty(vd);
8419 		}
8420 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
8421 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
8422 	}
8423 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
8424 
8425 	tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg);
8426 
8427 	spa->spa_sync_starttime = gethrtime();
8428 #ifdef illumos
8429 	VERIFY(cyclic_reprogram(spa->spa_deadman_cycid,
8430 	    spa->spa_sync_starttime + spa->spa_deadman_synctime));
8431 #else	/* !illumos */
8432 #ifdef _KERNEL
8433 	callout_schedule(&spa->spa_deadman_cycid,
8434 	    hz * spa->spa_deadman_synctime / NANOSEC);
8435 #endif
8436 #endif	/* illumos */
8437 
8438 	/*
8439 	 * If we are upgrading to SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE this txg,
8440 	 * set spa_deflate if we have no raid-z vdevs.
8441 	 */
8442 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE &&
8443 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) {
8444 		int i;
8445 
8446 		for (i = 0; i < rvd->vdev_children; i++) {
8447 			vd = rvd->vdev_child[i];
8448 			if (vd->vdev_deflate_ratio != SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE)
8449 				break;
8450 		}
8451 		if (i == rvd->vdev_children) {
8452 			spa->spa_deflate = TRUE;
8453 			VERIFY(0 == zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8454 			    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE,
8455 			    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx));
8456 		}
8457 	}
8458 
8459 	/*
8460 	 * Set the top-level vdev's max queue depth. Evaluate each
8461 	 * top-level's async write queue depth in case it changed.
8462 	 * The max queue depth will not change in the middle of syncing
8463 	 * out this txg.
8464 	 */
8465 	uint64_t slots_per_allocator = 0;
8466 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
8467 		vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
8468 		metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
8469 		metaslab_class_t *mc;
8470 
8471 		if (mg == NULL || !metaslab_group_initialized(mg))
8472 			continue;
8473 
8474 		mc = mg->mg_class;
8475 		if (mc != normal && mc != special && mc != dedup)
8476 			continue;
8477 
8478 		/*
8479 		 * It is safe to do a lock-free check here because only async
8480 		 * allocations look at mg_max_alloc_queue_depth, and async
8481 		 * allocations all happen from spa_sync().
8482 		 */
8483 		for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++)
8484 			ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(
8485 			    &(mg->mg_alloc_queue_depth[i])));
8486 		mg->mg_max_alloc_queue_depth = max_queue_depth;
8487 
8488 		for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) {
8489 			mg->mg_cur_max_alloc_queue_depth[i] =
8490 			    zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth;
8491 		}
8492 		slots_per_allocator += zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth;
8493 	}
8494 
8495 	for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) {
8496 		ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&normal->mc_alloc_slots[i]));
8497 		ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&special->mc_alloc_slots[i]));
8498 		ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&dedup->mc_alloc_slots[i]));
8499 		normal->mc_alloc_max_slots[i] = slots_per_allocator;
8500 		special->mc_alloc_max_slots[i] = slots_per_allocator;
8501 		dedup->mc_alloc_max_slots[i] = slots_per_allocator;
8502 	}
8503 	normal->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled = zio_dva_throttle_enabled;
8504 	special->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled = zio_dva_throttle_enabled;
8505 	dedup->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled = zio_dva_throttle_enabled;
8506 
8507 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
8508 		vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
8509 		vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vd);
8510 
8511 		if (vdev_indirect_should_condense(vd)) {
8512 			spa_condense_indirect_start_sync(vd, tx);
8513 			break;
8514 		}
8515 	}
8516 
8517 	/*
8518 	 * Iterate to convergence.
8519 	 */
8520 	do {
8521 		int pass = ++spa->spa_sync_pass;
8522 
8523 		spa_sync_config_object(spa, tx);
8524 		spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_spares, tx,
8525 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DMU_POOL_SPARES);
8526 		spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_l2cache, tx,
8527 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE);
8528 		spa_errlog_sync(spa, txg);
8529 		dsl_pool_sync(dp, txg);
8530 
8531 		if (pass < zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free) {
8532 			spa_sync_frees(spa, free_bpl, tx);
8533 		} else {
8534 			/*
8535 			 * We can not defer frees in pass 1, because
8536 			 * we sync the deferred frees later in pass 1.
8537 			 */
8538 			ASSERT3U(pass, >, 1);
8539 			bplist_iterate(free_bpl, bpobj_enqueue_cb,
8540 			    &spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, tx);
8541 		}
8542 
8543 		ddt_sync(spa, txg);
8544 		dsl_scan_sync(dp, tx);
8545 
8546 		if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL)
8547 			svr_sync(spa, tx);
8548 
8549 		while ((vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg))
8550 		    != NULL)
8551 			vdev_sync(vd, txg);
8552 
8553 		if (pass == 1) {
8554 			spa_sync_upgrades(spa, tx);
8555 			ASSERT3U(txg, >=,
8556 			    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_rootbp.blk_birth);
8557 			/*
8558 			 * Note: We need to check if the MOS is dirty
8559 			 * because we could have marked the MOS dirty
8560 			 * without updating the uberblock (e.g. if we
8561 			 * have sync tasks but no dirty user data).  We
8562 			 * need to check the uberblock's rootbp because
8563 			 * it is updated if we have synced out dirty
8564 			 * data (though in this case the MOS will most
8565 			 * likely also be dirty due to second order
8566 			 * effects, we don't want to rely on that here).
8567 			 */
8568 			if (spa->spa_uberblock.ub_rootbp.blk_birth < txg &&
8569 			    !dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg)) {
8570 				/*
8571 				 * Nothing changed on the first pass,
8572 				 * therefore this TXG is a no-op.  Avoid
8573 				 * syncing deferred frees, so that we
8574 				 * can keep this TXG as a no-op.
8575 				 */
8576 				ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets,
8577 				    txg));
8578 				ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg));
8579 				ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_sync_tasks, txg));
8580 				ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_early_sync_tasks,
8581 				    txg));
8582 				break;
8583 			}
8584 			spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa, tx);
8585 		}
8586 
8587 	} while (dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg));
8588 
8589 	if (!list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) {
8590 		/*
8591 		 * Make sure that the number of ZAPs for all the vdevs matches
8592 		 * the number of ZAPs in the per-vdev ZAP list. This only gets
8593 		 * called if the config is dirty; otherwise there may be
8594 		 * outstanding AVZ operations that weren't completed in
8595 		 * spa_sync_config_object.
8596 		 */
8597 		uint64_t all_vdev_zap_entry_count;
8598 		ASSERT0(zap_count(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8599 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, &all_vdev_zap_entry_count));
8600 		ASSERT3U(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev), ==,
8601 		    all_vdev_zap_entry_count);
8602 	}
8603 
8604 	if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL) {
8605 		ASSERT0(spa->spa_vdev_removal->svr_bytes_done[txg & TXG_MASK]);
8606 	}
8607 
8608 	/*
8609 	 * Rewrite the vdev configuration (which includes the uberblock)
8610 	 * to commit the transaction group.
8611 	 *
8612 	 * If there are no dirty vdevs, we sync the uberblock to a few
8613 	 * random top-level vdevs that are known to be visible in the
8614 	 * config cache (see spa_vdev_add() for a complete description).
8615 	 * If there *are* dirty vdevs, sync the uberblock to all vdevs.
8616 	 */
8617 	for (;;) {
8618 		/*
8619 		 * We hold SCL_STATE to prevent vdev open/close/etc.
8620 		 * while we're attempting to write the vdev labels.
8621 		 */
8622 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
8623 
8624 		if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) {
8625 			vdev_t *svd[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS] = { NULL };
8626 			int svdcount = 0;
8627 			int children = rvd->vdev_children;
8628 			int c0 = spa_get_random(children);
8629 
8630 			for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
8631 				vd = rvd->vdev_child[(c0 + c) % children];
8632 
8633 				/* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
8634 				if (c > 0 && svd[0] == vd)
8635 					break;
8636 
8637 				if (vd->vdev_ms_array == 0 || vd->vdev_islog ||
8638 				    !vdev_is_concrete(vd))
8639 					continue;
8640 
8641 				svd[svdcount++] = vd;
8642 				if (svdcount == SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS)
8643 					break;
8644 			}
8645 			error = vdev_config_sync(svd, svdcount, txg);
8646 		} else {
8647 			error = vdev_config_sync(rvd->vdev_child,
8648 			    rvd->vdev_children, txg);
8649 		}
8650 
8651 		if (error == 0)
8652 			spa->spa_last_synced_guid = rvd->vdev_guid;
8653 
8654 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
8655 
8656 		if (error == 0)
8657 			break;
8658 		zio_suspend(spa, NULL, ZIO_SUSPEND_IOERR);
8659 		zio_resume_wait(spa);
8660 	}
8661 	dmu_tx_commit(tx);
8662 
8663 #ifdef illumos
8664 	VERIFY(cyclic_reprogram(spa->spa_deadman_cycid, CY_INFINITY));
8665 #else	/* !illumos */
8666 #ifdef _KERNEL
8667 	callout_drain(&spa->spa_deadman_cycid);
8668 #endif
8669 #endif	/* illumos */
8670 
8671 	/*
8672 	 * Clear the dirty config list.
8673 	 */
8674 	while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) != NULL)
8675 		vdev_config_clean(vd);
8676 
8677 	/*
8678 	 * Now that the new config has synced transactionally,
8679 	 * let it become visible to the config cache.
8680 	 */
8681 	if (spa->spa_config_syncing != NULL) {
8682 		spa_config_set(spa, spa->spa_config_syncing);
8683 		spa->spa_config_txg = txg;
8684 		spa->spa_config_syncing = NULL;
8685 	}
8686 
8687 	dsl_pool_sync_done(dp, txg);
8688 
8689 	for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) {
8690 		mutex_enter(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]);
8691 		VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa->spa_alloc_trees[i]));
8692 		mutex_exit(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]);
8693 	}
8694 
8695 	/*
8696 	 * Update usable space statistics.
8697 	 */
8698 	while ((vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, TXG_CLEAN(txg)))
8699 	    != NULL)
8700 		vdev_sync_done(vd, txg);
8701 
8702 	spa_update_dspace(spa);
8703 
8704 	/*
8705 	 * It had better be the case that we didn't dirty anything
8706 	 * since vdev_config_sync().
8707 	 */
8708 	ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets, txg));
8709 	ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg));
8710 	ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg));
8711 
8712 	while (zfs_pause_spa_sync)
8713 		delay(1);
8714 
8715 	spa->spa_sync_pass = 0;
8716 
8717 	/*
8718 	 * Update the last synced uberblock here. We want to do this at
8719 	 * the end of spa_sync() so that consumers of spa_last_synced_txg()
8720 	 * will be guaranteed that all the processing associated with
8721 	 * that txg has been completed.
8722 	 */
8723 	spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
8724 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
8725 
8726 	spa_handle_ignored_writes(spa);
8727 
8728 	/*
8729 	 * If any async tasks have been requested, kick them off.
8730 	 */
8731 	spa_async_dispatch(spa);
8732 	spa_async_dispatch_vd(spa);
8733 }
8734 
8735 /*
8736  * Sync all pools.  We don't want to hold the namespace lock across these
8737  * operations, so we take a reference on the spa_t and drop the lock during the
8738  * sync.
8739  */
8740 void
8741 spa_sync_allpools(void)
8742 {
8743 	spa_t *spa = NULL;
8744 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
8745 	while ((spa = spa_next(spa)) != NULL) {
8746 		if (spa_state(spa) != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE ||
8747 		    !spa_writeable(spa) || spa_suspended(spa))
8748 			continue;
8749 		spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
8750 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
8751 		txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0);
8752 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
8753 		spa_close(spa, FTAG);
8754 	}
8755 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
8756 }
8757 
8758 /*
8759  * ==========================================================================
8760  * Miscellaneous routines
8761  * ==========================================================================
8762  */
8763 
8764 /*
8765  * Remove all pools in the system.
8766  */
8767 void
8768 spa_evict_all(void)
8769 {
8770 	spa_t *spa;
8771 
8772 	/*
8773 	 * Remove all cached state.  All pools should be closed now,
8774 	 * so every spa in the AVL tree should be unreferenced.
8775 	 */
8776 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
8777 	while ((spa = spa_next(NULL)) != NULL) {
8778 		/*
8779 		 * Stop async tasks.  The async thread may need to detach
8780 		 * a device that's been replaced, which requires grabbing
8781 		 * spa_namespace_lock, so we must drop it here.
8782 		 */
8783 		spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
8784 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
8785 		spa_async_suspend(spa);
8786 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
8787 		spa_close(spa, FTAG);
8788 
8789 		if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
8790 			spa_unload(spa);
8791 			spa_deactivate(spa);
8792 		}
8793 		spa_remove(spa);
8794 	}
8795 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
8796 }
8797 
8798 vdev_t *
8799 spa_lookup_by_guid(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, boolean_t aux)
8800 {
8801 	vdev_t *vd;
8802 	int i;
8803 
8804 	if ((vd = vdev_lookup_by_guid(spa->spa_root_vdev, guid)) != NULL)
8805 		return (vd);
8806 
8807 	if (aux) {
8808 		for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) {
8809 			vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i];
8810 			if (vd->vdev_guid == guid)
8811 				return (vd);
8812 		}
8813 
8814 		for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
8815 			vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i];
8816 			if (vd->vdev_guid == guid)
8817 				return (vd);
8818 		}
8819 	}
8820 
8821 	return (NULL);
8822 }
8823 
8824 void
8825 spa_upgrade(spa_t *spa, uint64_t version)
8826 {
8827 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
8828 
8829 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
8830 
8831 	/*
8832 	 * This should only be called for a non-faulted pool, and since a
8833 	 * future version would result in an unopenable pool, this shouldn't be
8834 	 * possible.
8835 	 */
8836 	ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version));
8837 	ASSERT3U(version, >=, spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version);
8838 
8839 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
8840 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
8841 
8842 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
8843 
8844 	txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0);
8845 }
8846 
8847 boolean_t
8848 spa_has_spare(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid)
8849 {
8850 	int i;
8851 	uint64_t spareguid;
8852 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares;
8853 
8854 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
8855 		if (sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid == guid)
8856 			return (B_TRUE);
8857 
8858 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_npending; i++) {
8859 		if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(sav->sav_pending[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
8860 		    &spareguid) == 0 && spareguid == guid)
8861 			return (B_TRUE);
8862 	}
8863 
8864 	return (B_FALSE);
8865 }
8866 
8867 /*
8868  * Check if a pool has an active shared spare device.
8869  * Note: reference count of an active spare is 2, as a spare and as a replace
8870  */
8871 static boolean_t
8872 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa)
8873 {
8874 	int i, refcnt;
8875 	uint64_t pool;
8876 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares;
8877 
8878 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) {
8879 		if (spa_spare_exists(sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid, &pool,
8880 		    &refcnt) && pool != 0ULL && pool == spa_guid(spa) &&
8881 		    refcnt > 2)
8882 			return (B_TRUE);
8883 	}
8884 
8885 	return (B_FALSE);
8886 }
8887 
8888 sysevent_t *
8889 spa_event_create(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, nvlist_t *hist_nvl, const char *name)
8890 {
8891 	sysevent_t		*ev = NULL;
8892 #ifdef _KERNEL
8893 	sysevent_attr_list_t	*attr = NULL;
8894 	sysevent_value_t	value;
8895 
8896 	ev = sysevent_alloc(EC_ZFS, (char *)name, SUNW_KERN_PUB "zfs",
8897 	    SE_SLEEP);
8898 	ASSERT(ev != NULL);
8899 
8900 	value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_STRING;
8901 	value.value.sv_string = spa_name(spa);
8902 	if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_POOL_NAME, &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
8903 		goto done;
8904 
8905 	value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_UINT64;
8906 	value.value.sv_uint64 = spa_guid(spa);
8907 	if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_POOL_GUID, &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
8908 		goto done;
8909 
8910 	if (vd) {
8911 		value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_UINT64;
8912 		value.value.sv_uint64 = vd->vdev_guid;
8913 		if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_VDEV_GUID, &value,
8914 		    SE_SLEEP) != 0)
8915 			goto done;
8916 
8917 		if (vd->vdev_path) {
8918 			value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_STRING;
8919 			value.value.sv_string = vd->vdev_path;
8920 			if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_VDEV_PATH,
8921 			    &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
8922 				goto done;
8923 		}
8924 	}
8925 
8926 	if (hist_nvl != NULL) {
8927 		fnvlist_merge((nvlist_t *)attr, hist_nvl);
8928 	}
8929 
8930 	if (sysevent_attach_attributes(ev, attr) != 0)
8931 		goto done;
8932 	attr = NULL;
8933 
8934 done:
8935 	if (attr)
8936 		sysevent_free_attr(attr);
8937 
8938 #endif
8939 	return (ev);
8940 }
8941 
8942 void
8943 spa_event_post(sysevent_t *ev)
8944 {
8945 #ifdef _KERNEL
8946 	sysevent_id_t		eid;
8947 
8948 	(void) log_sysevent(ev, SE_SLEEP, &eid);
8949 	sysevent_free(ev);
8950 #endif
8951 }
8952 
8953 void
8954 spa_event_discard(sysevent_t *ev)
8955 {
8956 #ifdef _KERNEL
8957 	sysevent_free(ev);
8958 #endif
8959 }
8960 
8961 /*
8962  * Post a sysevent corresponding to the given event.  The 'name' must be one of
8963  * the event definitions in sys/sysevent/eventdefs.h.  The payload will be
8964  * filled in from the spa and (optionally) the vdev and history nvl.  This
8965  * doesn't do anything in the userland libzpool, as we don't want consumers to
8966  * misinterpret ztest or zdb as real changes.
8967  */
8968 void
8969 spa_event_notify(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, nvlist_t *hist_nvl, const char *name)
8970 {
8971 	spa_event_post(spa_event_create(spa, vd, hist_nvl, name));
8972 }
8973